THE CHRISTIAN MANS WALKE.
THE FIRST STEPPE: AND FIRST SERMON.
THe Apostle, hauing in the end of the former Chapter, exhorted the Ephesians to placability, in forgiuing one another their [Page 62] wrongs, doth in the beginning of this present Chapter, conclude the said exhortation, enforcing it by a two-fold argument. The first, drawne from the example of GOD himselfe, who for Christs sake hath forgiuen vs freely all our sinnes. Be ye therefore followers of God, (namely in forgiuing and forgetting of wrongs) Vers. 1. The second is taken from the example of Christ, teaching vs to imitate him in his loue; for, as forgiuenesse of wrongs is neither easily obtained, nor of any account in Gods sight, vnlesse it proceeds from loue, therefore hee ioynes this to the former, And walke in loue, as Christ hath loued vs. Vers. 2. Secondly, the Apostle proceedes by way of Dehortation, disswading them from three most pernitious vices, and hainous sinnes, viz. Fornication, [Page 63] all Vncleannesse, and Couetousnesse, which were either not acknowledged to bee sinnes at all, or at least much extenuated or excused; as also from three sinnes of the tongue, viz. filthinesse, foolish talking, and iesting; all which hee dehorteth from, by foure most weighty reasons. First, because, they become not Saints, Vers. 3. Secondly, because they are not conuenient, Vers. 4. Thirdly, because they exclude vs out of Gods Kingdome, Ʋers. 5. Fourthly, because for such things sake, the wrath of God commeth vpon the children of disobedience, Verse 6. And whereas many are ready to obiect, and say, that they are no sinnes at all, or at least not so hainous as they are made, neither is there any such danger in them, as is set downe by Saint Paul, in the aforesaid [Page 64] reasons; He therefore giueth vs an Item, and a speciall Caueat, teaching vs, that all such obiections and allegations, contrary to his doctrine, are but idle and vaine speeches, whereby men goe about to deceiue and seduce vs; and so shall all finde that trust to them; Let no man therefore deceiue you with vaine words; for most certainely, the heauy wrath of God shall fall vpon them that commit such sinnes: Bee not yee therefore companions with such, as ye would be loth to partake of their iudgements, Vers. 6, 7. Thirdly, he sets downe a generall exhortation for the well-ordering of our liues; that is, not to liue any longer in the former darkenesse of our sinnes, but to walke as children of the light; drawing his Argument from the diuersitie of their estate, partly from [Page 65] their estate before conuersion; Yee were once darkenesse; partly from their estate after conuersion; but now yee are light in the Lord: walke therefore as children of the light. ver. 8. that is, liue, and leade the whole course of your liues answerable to your new estate & condition wherunto ye are called; for euen your calling out of the state of darkenesse vnto light, requires it. Hoc tempus alios mores postulat, This time requires another manner of life than before, when you were in darknesse. And, whereas it might be demaunded how we should so liue, and wherein this walke consisteth? the Apostle sheweth plainely, that this walke consists of three steps, 1. to prooue, or approoue what is pleasing to the Lord, that so wee may compose and frame our liues according to Gods will, [Page 66] Vers.] 10. 2. not to communicate with other men in their vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse; 3. but euen to reprooue them rather; not only in words, but by the light of an holy life, and good example, Vers. 11.] And thus much for the Coherence; according to the obserued rule of the Rabbins, Qui non aduertit, & quid supra, & quid infra sit scriptum, is planè peruertit, per sanctum Dei verbum. He that marks not both what goes before, & what followes after his text, peruerts the order of holy Scripture; Now to the Text.
Proouing what is acceptable to the Lord.] These words are a continued speech, as the word [proouing] imports, hauing dependance on, and relation to the 8. verse. And they containe the First Steppe of the Christian mans walke; alluding [Page 67] to the Sunne, whose propertie is, by communication of her light, to display and lay open things in secret, to search and trie the nature of things, alwayes walking in her course, and neuer resting; So ought euery man, who is the childe of light, through the whole course of his life, diligently to search, trie, and prooue, what is pleasing to God, what displeasing, dayly increasing in the knowledge of Gods will, and obedience therof, that wee may prooue, what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God, Rom. 12. 2.
In the wordes I obserue foure points; 1. the duetie enioyned, in the word [proouing.] 2. the obiect. what is pleasing, (not to men, or the wisedome of the flesh) but, to the Lord. 3. who must thus prooue; that is, the children of [Page 68] light. 4. the continuance of this dutie; as appeares by the connexion of these words with 8, verse, Walke proouing, &c. And first of the dutie.
[Proouing.]
The Greeke word is, [...], proouing, or approouing. Now, in obseruing the Scriptures, I finde, that [...], hath a three-fold signification; and all necessarily required in the true performance of this duety here inioyned. First, it signifies, to search, prooue, examine, and try a thing; as here, so it is 1. Thess. 5. 21. [...], trying all things. So, [...]; Let a man examine himselfe. And, [...], Try the spirits. So, [...]. The fire shall trie euery mans worke, of what sort it is, 1. Cor. 3. 13. [...] [Page 69] [...], Examine your selues. 2. Cor. 13. 5. knowing this, [...], The trying of your faith, &c. Iam. 1. 3.
Secondly, [...], signifieth to discerne, to iudge of, to vnderstand, and to know by experience; [...], That yee may iudge of, or discerne things that differ. Philipp. 1. 10. The same is, Rom. 2. 18. So, [...], that yee may proue, that is, know by experience what is Gods will. Rom. 12. 2. [...]: And I goe to prooue them, to iudge of, and haue experience of them, Luke 14. 19. So [...], that is, experience. Rom. 5. 4.
Thirdly, it signifies to approoue, [...], approoued. 1. Cor. 11. 19.] and allow; [...], [Page 70] as we are allowed of God. 1. Thes. 2. 4. Blessed is he that condemneth not himselfe, [...], in that thing which hee alloweth. Rom 14. 22. The same word is vsed 1. Tim. 3, 10. Let the Deacons first bee prooued, [...]; that is, not only tried and examined, but allowed of, and approoued, before they vse their office. And all these must goe together; for wee must so search, as to know; not theorically, but experimentally; and so know, as to approoue and allow of what is pleasing to God. Searching, without knowledge, sauours of ignorance; knowledge without practise, is but hypocrisie; Searching and knowing, without doing and allowing, is a tricke of a Pharisee; but first search, then know; for knowledge without searching, sauours of errour; and first know, then allow; [Page 71] for approouing without knowledge is but blinde zeale. Rom. 10. 2. Search and trie, vnderstand and know, and approoue and allow; this makes an altogether Christian. Many search and try, but neuer come to knowledge; like the simple women in Timothy; Euer learning, and neuer able to come to the acknowledgement of the truth. 2. Tim. 3. 7. Many know Gods will, but neuer doe it, and to them it is sinne. Iam. 4. 17. Many both seeke and know, but allow it not in their hearts; such are your close hypocrites, and Church-papists, who will frequent the Church, and seeme to search and proue what is Gods wil, & know it; But they draw neere with their bodies, and their hearts are farre from God. Esa. 29. They heare, but vnderstand not, they see, but perceiue not. Act. 28. 26.
That I may therefore the more orderly proceede, I will handle this dutie in a three-fold obseruation, according to the three-fold signification of the word;
First, I obserue, that 1. Obser. it is the dutie of all Christians in generall, and each one in particular, diligently to search, prooue, and try, what is the will of God; and this in the first place. It is not sufficient to know, that there is a way, but to know which is the right, streight, and true way; So it is not enough to know that Gods will must be fulfilled, but to know what that will is, which God will haue vs to obey; Therefore, as a traueller, not well knowing the way, makes inquirie vpon all occasions, and searcheth out the best way, and getteth all the best directions hee can to bring him the [Page 73] next way to his iourneys end; So must euery Christian, that trauelleth the waies of God, seeke, and make diligent inquirie, what is the next way to heauen; namely, what is the will of God, which euery one must doe that euer meanes to come to heauen. Math. 7. 21. For all the while wee are ignorant of Gods will, we erre from Gods waies, and stray aside in by-pathes; There is a way, that seemes right vnto man, but the end thereof are the waies of death: Prou. 14. 12. yea, euery way is right to a man in his own eyes: Prou. 12. 1. the onely true way, is to know the will of God and doe it; How great cause then haue we with all diligence, to make diligent search, and to proue what Gods will is; wherein it consisteth, what are the duties required about it, and the like? Almighty [Page 74] God calleth vpon vs for this; Stand in the waies and see, and aske, seeke, enquire for the old pathes, where is the good way, and walke therein, Ier. 6. 16. first, seeke and enquire for the good way, then walke in it; So I say, first search, inquire, and proue what this will of God is; what to be done, and what to be vndone; what is pleasing to God, what displeasing, then walke in obedieuce to it. So the watch-man cryeth, If ye will enquire, enquire yee, Isay. 21. 2. The Prophets did not onely know, that saluation was to be wrought by Christ, nor onely belieue in him to be exhibited, but as S. Peter noteth; Of this saluation the Prophets haue enquired and searched diligently, searching what time, &c. 1. Pet. 1. 10. 11. So it is not sufficient for vs to heare of Gods will, and in generall to know that [Page 75] his will must be done; but to enquire and make diligent search what it is; that wee may proue what that good, that acceptable and perfect will of God is, Rom. 12. 2.
In this search, I obserue In this search, three things obserued. Obser. 1. three things; first. The rule of this search; secondly, the helpes vnto it; thirdly, the manner of it. First, the Rule of this search, is the word of God, contained in holy Scriptures. The Scriptures are able to make vs wise vnto saluation, and all Scripture is profitable for doctrine, for reproofe, for correction, for instruction, 2 Tim. 3. 15. 16. Let the word of God dwell in you plenteously, in all wisedome, teaching and admonishing your selues, Coloss. 3. 16. There is nothing needfull to saluation, nothing either commanded or forbidden, but it is contained in [Page 76] holy Scripture; and therefore if any man be ignorant of Gods will, it is for want of knowledge in the Scriptures. Yee erre, not knowing the Scriptures, Math. 22. 29. Therefore saith Christ, Search the Scriptures, for in them ye thinke to haue eternall life, and they are they which testifie of mee, Iohn 5. 39. This must be done publiquely, or priuately; In publique, in hearing the word, to turne to places alledged, as the men of Berea, who searched the Scriptures daily, whether those things were so, which Paul preached, Acts 17. 11. In priuate, by reading them and causing them to be read; wherein when ye read, ye may vnderstand, Ephes. 3. 4. This word is the touch-stone to try all doctrines, as we are exhorted, 1 Thes. 5. 21. and 1 Ioh. 4. 1. therefore in all difficulties, doubts, and controuersies, [Page 77] we must haue recourse to the word; as Esay saith; To the law, and to the testimony, Esay 8. 20.
Secondly, the helpes vnto Obser. 2. this search, are: First, Gods Ministers, who are, or should be indued with such knowledge, that in matters of difficulty and doubts, they may be able to giue satisfaction, in all necessary (not curious) points concerning saluation; the people must haue recourse vnto them; But to the shame of a number, be it spoken, who to conceale their owne ignorance, will neuer resort to their Minister, because they will not bewray their blindenesse, ignorance, and error; so they which are ignorant Gods will, will be ignorant still, for, as Paul saith, they haue not the knowledge of God, I speake this to their shame, [Page 78] 1 Cor. 15. But let all such remember what the Lord saith; The Priests lips should preserue knowledge, and the people should seeke the Law at his mouth; for he is the messenger of the Lord of hostes, Malachi 2. 7. Secondly, we must vse feruent and effectuall prayer to Almighty God, to giue vs hi [...] holy spirit, to enlighten our vnderstandings, to informe our iudgements, that we may rightly discerne of things that differ, and that wee may see what is Gods will; Thus wee should neuer goe to heare or read the word, publiquely or priuately, but first prepare our selues by prayer. Obserue the practise of Dauid often in the Psalmes, especially, 119. Open mine eyes O Lord, that I may see the wonderfull things of thy Law. Teach me thy statutes; Giue me vnderstanding; Teach me good iudgement and knowledge; [Page 79] and the like, The spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God, &c. 1 Cor. 2. 10. 11. 12. 13. Thirdly, wee must compare Scripture with Scripture, one place with another; and obserue the coherence, and scope of the place, both what goes before, and what followes after; for that which seemes more obscure in one place, is made more plaine in another; In all these, wee must truely humble our selues, acknowledging that we can doe nothing as of our selues; and God will teach the humble man his way, Psal. 25. 9.
Thirdly, the manner of Obser. 3. this search must be; First, with vnderstanding; for many please themselues in bare hearing and reading, and thinke they doe God high seruice, because they reade now and [Page 80] then vpon the Sabboth-day a Chapter or two, and heare a Sermon, whereas they vnderstand nothing; They heare but vnderstand not; and therefore Paul, exhorting vs to proue & search what is Gods will, explaines himselfe, saying, Be not wnrise, but wise, vnderstanding what the will of God is, Ephes. 5. 17. nothing it, as a point of greatest folly, to search and not vnderstand: Let him that readeth, vnderstand, Marke 13. 14. Vnderstandest thou what thou readest? Acts 8. 30. Secondly, it must be frequent; The men of Berea searched the Scriptures daily, Acts 17. 11. The word of God must dwell in vs plenteously, and richly, Colos. 3. 16. which cannot bee vnlesse wee often acqu int [...] our selues with it, in reading, hearing, meditating, conferring and the like. The godly mans delight is in the law [Page 81] of the Lord, and therein doth he exercise himselfe day and night, Psal. 1. 2. and Iosh. 1. 8. Meditate vpon these things, giue thy selfe wholly to them, continue in them; 1 Tim. 4. 15. 16. Thirdly, it must be vpright and in truth; with a desire to be bettered, and a care to practife those things we learne; It is no dallying with edge-tooles; Therefore if yee will enquire, enquire, Isay. 21. 12. that is, doe it in deede; and in good earnest, vprightly and in truth. My soule saith Dauid, breaketh out for the feruent desire that it hath alway vnto thy iudgements, Psal. 119. 20. Wee must incline our eares to wisedome, and apply our hearts to vnderstanding; wee must seeke as for siluer, and wee must search for her as for hid treasures, and then we shall vnderstand the feare of the Lord, and finde the knowledge of the Lord, Prou. 2. 2. 3. 4. but [Page 82] without this diligent and vpright search, wee can neuer finde the knowledge of Gods will; and therefore hee saith; Hee that seeketh, findeth, Math. 7. 8.
This dutie is excellent, and necessary; Excellent, for, it is the ground of all happinesse, and comfort; by it wee haue acquaintance with God himselfe, wee come to know his will; we are, as it were, of his Counsaile, and all things necessary to our saluation, hee reuealeth vnto vs; Thus acquainting our selues with God, thereby good shall come vnto vs, Iob 22. 21. And the knowledge of the holy God is vnderstanding, Prou. 9. 10. By this, we perceiue the truth it selfe, for this word is truth, Iohn 17. 17. Here wee haue rules for doctrine, for reproofe, for correction, for instruction, for patiencein tribulation, for [Page 83] resisting Sathans temptations, for remedies against sin, for attaining of grace, for performing all good duties, both towards God and Men, through the whole course of our liues. Necessarily also; First, for the naturall and carnall man; to bring him to knowledge; for the naturall man perceiues not the things of God, neither can he know them, 1 Cor. 2. 4. But it is the word which giueth wisedome to the simple, and light vnto the eyes, Psal. 19. No man (naturally) vnderstandeth or seeketh after God, (namely in spirituall things) Rom. 3. 11. But the word is a lampe vnto our feete, and a light vnto our pathes, Psal. 119. 105. And whereas wee cannot of our selues conceiue aright of God and his will, yet by searching the Scriptures we may, for they testifie of him, Iohn 5. 39. Secondly, it is [Page 84] necessary for the spirituall man, namely, to increase in the knowledge of Gods will; For we know but in part, 1 Cor. 13. 9. and we must goe forward in the knowledge of Christ, 2 Pet 3. 18. And as new borne babes desire the sincere milke of the word, to grow thereby, 1 Pet. 2. 2. And if any man thinkes he knoweth any thing, he knoweth nothing yet as hee ought to know, 1 Cor. 8. 2. And this be said of this first obseruation or doctrine, contayning the first propertie of the Children of light, that walke in this first steppe. Now for the Vses; and first for Reproofe.
This reprooueth the Popish For Reproofe. Vse 1. teachers, and people, both for doctrine and practise; for they teach not the word of Christ, nor suffer the people to search the Scriptures, but debarre them of [Page 85] them, and vrge vpon them traditions and humane inuentions; teaching, that it is not lawfull for the common people to studie the Scriptures, for they will bring them to madnesse; and he is to be accounted the greatest Doctor, that studies the Schoolemen, Iesuiticall writings, and dunsticall Fryers, and accordingly doe the people giue credence vnto them; thus neglecting the word; whereas Christ saith; Search ye, all; the Scriptures, both Ministers and Lay-men; Scriptures are for whole Churches, Reuel. 2. and 3. Chap. seauen times.
Vse 2 This condemneth those that gape to heauen for Reuelations, as though God were bound to reueale immediately his will vnto them, as the Enthusiasts & the like; whereas wee must proue, by searching [Page 86] the Scriptures, what is Gods will.
Vse 3 This reprooueth the couetous misers, and miserable worldlings, who make Mammon their God; who will turne euery clod for the value of a pennie, but not once in a yeare turne ouer one leafe of the Bible, to search what is Gods will. They measure the Epha, and search the statutes of Omri, Micah 6. 16. but cast the word of God behinde them, Psal. 50. 17.
Vse 4 Lastly, this condemneth those that thinke they know as much as they neede to know; they know what such a one teacheth, and what another hath taught, and they will liue and die in that simplicity; yea, it condemneth vs all of back wardnesse in this dutie, [...]ot caring to search the Scrip [...] diligently.
For Instruction; teaching For Instruction. Obser. 1. vs to be very studious in the Scriptures, to giue our selues to reade them, and throughly to search them, and neuer to be at quiet, or to thinke our selues well, till we haue proued, out of the word, what is the will of God; The will of God must be the Rule of all our actions; if it be according to his will, we must doe it; if it be against his will, we must not dare to doe it; But, if we neuer search the Scriptures, in which his will is plainely reuealed, and where onely we may finde the knowledge of it; if we vtterly neglect the Scriptures, which teach vs, what is to be done, and what vndone, what one action can we performe (being ignorant of his will,) pleasing or acceptable to the Lord? [...]is is the ground of all our [...]edience, without which, [Page 88] we cannot but disobey God in all things. Let vs therefore follow the practise of Dauid; O how I loue thy law, all the day long is my studie in it, Psal. 119. 97. And this be said for the first obseruation; the second followeth.
Secondly, I obserue, that Obser. 2. it is the dutie of euery Christian, to know Gods will, and doe it; For there is a two-fold knowledge; theoricall, experimentall; The first is necessary, but not sufficient to saluation; wee must, as I haue said, know what Gods will is, and to be informed in our iudgements of the truth of it; this is the point I haue stood vpon; this is theoricall knowledge, consisting onely in speculation; but this alone can saue none; for he that knoweth his Masters will, and doth i [...] not, shall be beaten with many [Page 89] stripes, Luke 12. 47. Experimentall knowledge, is when we so know his will, as to practise it in our liues; to know by experience, what is Gods will; and this is sauing knowledge; for he onely that doth the will of God, shall be saued, Math. 7. 21. And this the Apostle chiefely aymes at in this place, when hee saith, Proouing what is pleasing to God-, that is, discerne and vnderstand, and iudge of by experience, and know experimentally, what is Gods will. This he explaineth, Verse 17. Be not vnwise, but vnderstand what the will of God is. For, as practise without knowledge tends to superstition, so knowledge without practise, sauours of hypocrisie; therefore both must goe together. And the more we are exercised in obedience to Gods will, the more liuely doe wee perceiue, [Page 90] and know, what is pleasing and acceptable to God. The simple knowledge which we haue by the word goes before, but this experimentall knowledge followes after, and perfects the former. I know honey is sweete, by reading, and because I heare men say so; but when I tast it, I proue it so indeede, I know it by experience; and by this latter, the former is perfected; This Dauid exhorteth to, Tast and see, how gratious the Lord is, Psal. 34. 8. Thus Christ is said, to haue learned (id est, experimentally) obedience, by the things which he suffered, Heb. 5. 8. and of this speaketh Christ, Reuel. 2. 17. To him that ouercommeth, will I giue a white stone, and in that stone a new name written, which no man knoweth (id est, experimentally) saue hee that receiues it. Therefore, as Christ [Page 91] saith, If wee know these things, blessed are wee if wee doe them, Iohn 13. 17. not because we know, but if wee know and if wee doe, then blessed are wee.
Now this doing of Gods Doing of Gods will two-fold. will is two-fold. Legall and perfect: Euangelicall and imperfect. The first, is to doe Gods will so as the law requires, in a most perfect and absolute manner, according to the rigour, exaction, and strict order prescribed in the Law, without the least breach of any part of any one Commaundement, either in thought word or deede. This absolute fulfilling of Gods will, in this life, since the fall of man, none (Christ alone excepted) euer did, or can attaine to in this life, but in the kingdome of glory all Gods children shall perfectly both know and doe it: The second, [Page 92] is such a kinde of obedience as the Gospell requires, that is to say; It is an vpright and sincere endeauour, wherby we striue to the vttermost of our power, by vsing all good meanes, to doe that which is pleasing to God, and to auoid that which is displeasing in his sight. This wee may and must attaine vnto in this life, and that betimes; but this is imperfect in the best in this world; and yet God accepts of it in Christ; and the imperfections thereof are neuer imputed to Gods children, but the perfect obedience of Christ is imputed vnto vs, and so in Christ and through him, God accepts of our imperfect obedience, and beholds vs in him, as righteous and perfect before him. Yea, in all Gods children, where God sees this holy endeauour, striuing against sin [Page 93] and weakenesse, and that wee are heartily sorry, that we can doe it no better, God in mercy accepts the will for the deede. For if there be first a willing minde, it is accepted, according to that a man hath, and not according to that hee hath not, 2 Cor. 8. 12. And this is our comfort in distresse of Conscience.
But here, let it be well obserued; that those forenamed words of the Apostle, are most grossely abused of a number, to licentiousnesse of liuing, presuming and taking libertie to sinne as they list; thinking that God will hold them excused, for their intents, and good meanings, and that God will accept of them for their good desires, for they loue God in their hearts, and haue a desire and will to please him, though they liue in their sinnes: All [Page 94] such doe fouly deceiue themselues; for the Apostle speakes not simply of bare desires, and a meere will, but of such a willing minde, as endeauours sincerely, to forsake all sinnes, and which vseth all good meanes to come to faith and repentance, and continueth so doing; then, though frailty may faile grace for a time, and we obey but weakely, yet God will accept of vs for our vpright endeauour, which shall be well pleasing in his sight. Therefore saith Paul in the same place, Verse 11. Now performe the doing of of it, that as there was a read [...] nesse to will, so there may be performance also; that is, an vpright endeauour to performe, Thus a willing minde, and a true endeauour to performe, must alwaies goe together; for, as there is no true obedience, where there is not first [Page 95] a willing minde, so there the minde neuer truely willeth, where there is nor a striuing, and diligent endeauour to obey; neither doth God accept of such, neither will hee be mercifull to such as pretend a willing minde, and yet lye in their sinnes without repentance: If any man that heareth the words of this curse, shall blesse himselfe in his heart, saying; I shall haue peace, though I walke in the imagination of my heart, to adde drunkennesse to thirst; the Lord will not spare that man, but then the anger of the Lord, and his iealousie, shall smoake against that man, and all the curses in this booke shall lye vpon him, and the Lord shall blot out his name from vnder heauen, &c. at large, Deut. 29. 19. 20. &c. And whereas our doing and performing is not in our owne power, (for as Paul [Page 96] saith, To will is present with me, but how to performe that which is good I finde not, Rom. 7. 18.) wee must be earnest suiters vnto Almighty God, to assist vs with his grace and holy spirit, that we may be, as willing, so able to performe; For it is God, which worketh both [...]o will and to doe, Philip. 2. 13. Herein wee must imitate the holy practise of Dauid. Cause me, O Lord, to know the way, wherein I should walke; Teach me to doe thy will O Lord, Psal. 143. 8. and 10. It is a good prayer, and worthy our practise, in 2 Maccab. 1. 2. 3. 4. God be gratious vnto vs, and giue vs all an heart to serue him, and to doe his will, with a good courage, and a willing minde, and open our hearts in his law and commandements.
Now that we may the better conceiue of this dutie of experimentall knowledge in [Page 97] doing Gods will, obserue briefly the right manner of it. First; wee must doe it vprightly, without hypocrisie; Thus wee must worship God in spirit and in truth, Iohn 4. 24. we must serue him in truth with all our hearts, 1 Sam. 12. 24. Our whole seruice (whereof this doing Gods will, is a principall part) must be with a perfect, that is, an vpright heart, 1 Chro. 28. 9. and therefore we must all pray with Dauid, O let my heart be sound, or vpright in thy statutes, Ps. 119. 80. Secondly, it must be done speedily; without delay; as Dauid did, I made hast, and delaied not the time, to keepe thy commandements. Psal. 119. 60. Good King Iosiah, when hee was but sixteene yeares olde, did that which was right in Gods sight, and walked in the good waies of Dauid his Father, and sought the Lord, 2 Chron. 34. 2. 3. [Page 98] Thirdly; we must doe it willingly, without constraint, and cheerefully without tediousnesse; Thus it was cur Sauiours meate and drinke to doe his Fathers will, Iohn 4. 34. Thus the Angels doe it in heauen; & as we pray, so we must practise it, Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heauen, Math. 6. It was Dauids delight to doe Gods will Psal. 40. 8. Fourthly, wee must doe it faithfully, without partiality; obeying God in one thing, as well as another; and to yeeld obedience to all Gods commandements as well as one; so saith Dauid, I shall not be confounded, while I haue respect vnto all thy commandements, Psal. 119. 6. Fiftly, we must doe it continually; without ceasing; Paul ceased not to pray, that the Colossians might be more and more filled with the knowledge of Gods will, and to increase in that [Page 99] knowledge, Colos. 1. 9. 10. Dauid saith, I haue inclined my heart to performe thy statutes alway, euen to the end, Psal. 119. 112. It is not, to begin to goe with Lots wife, and then look backe, for this procures iudgement; and he that puts his hand to the plough and looketh backe, is not fit for Gods Kingdome, Luke 9. 62. But hee that endureth to the end, shall be saued, Math. 24. 13. and hee that is faithfull vnto the death, shall receiue the crowne of life, Reuel. 2. 10.
This Experimentall knowledge in doing Gods will, is, first, excellent; secondly, profitable; thirdly, necessarie. Excellent, for herein wee imitate CHRIST himselfe, and all the holy Angels in heauen; excellent, for by this wee come to be the friends of God, yea, Christs nearest and dearest [Page 100] kinsmen, of whom he makes most reckoning. Yee are my friends, if ye doe whatsoeuer I command you, Iohn. 15. 14. Whosoeuer shall doe the will of my Father, which is in heauen, the same is my brother, and sister, and mother; saith Christ, Mat. 12: So, what can be more excellent? Profitable also, for the more wee doe Gods will, the more shall wee know of his will; and the more shall wee discerne of doctrines, which are true, which false. If any man will doe his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, Iohn 7. 17. yea, if wee seeke to please God, hee will doe to please vs, and to giue vs all things fitting, that we can desire of him. And whatsoeuer wee aske, we receiue of him, because we keepe his commandements, and doe those things which are pleasing in his sight, 1 Iohn 3. 22. Necessarie [Page 101] also, in diuers respects.
1 First, without the doing of Gods will, all our profession is in vaine; all our preaching is to our selues but Pharisaisme; all our hearing, and going to Sermons, is but outward shewes, and meere hypocrisie; all our prayers but counterfeit dallying and dissembling with God; and so of the Sacraments; Therefore saith Christ, Why doe yee call me Lord, Lord, and doe not as I bid you? Luke 6. 46. What hast thou to doe to preach my statutes, and to take my couenant into thy mouth, whereas thou hatest to be reformed, and hast cast my words behinde thee? Psal. 50. 16. The Pharisees say, and doe not, Math. 23. 3. Hee that heareth and doth not, is a foolish builder, Math. 7. 26. yea, hee deceiueth his owne soule, Iames 1. 22. So, if we doe those things which are pleasing in Gods sight, [Page 102] hee heareth vs, 1 Iohn 3. 22. but otherwise, we may call vpon God, but he will not answere, we may seeke him earely, but not finde him, because wee hate to know his will, and doe it, and to liue in the seare of God, Prou. 1. 28. 29. &c. If wee regard but one iniquity in our hearts, the Lord will not heare vs, Psal. 66. 18. Thus, a number, euen of such as goe for professors, haue onely a shew of godlinesse, but (in not doing Gods will) deny the power thereof, 2 Tim. 3. 5. They professe that they know God, but by their workes they deny him, being abhominable and disobedient, and vnto euery good worke reprobate, Tit. 1. 16. A fearefull case.
2 Secondly, None but doers of Gods will shall be saued; All the knowledge in the world, all the learning, all the excellent gifts of Preaching, Prayer, and the like, can neuer [Page 103] bring vs to heauen; but though we may haue all these, yet, without doing Gods will we may be, and indeed are, but workers of iniquitie. Not euery one that saith vnto mee, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdome of heauen, but hee that doth the will of my Father which is in heauen, Matth. 7. 21. and whereas many shall plead for themselues, alleadging their great knowledge, and excellent gifts, yet Christ shall renounce them, saying, I neuer knew you, id est, I neuer acknowledged you for mine, I neuer approoued of you for mine owne; depart from mee, yee workers of iniquity. vers. 22.
3 Thirdly, It is necessary; because the more wee know, and the lesse wee doe, the more is our sinne; our reckoning and score will be the greater, our iudgement the [Page 104] heauier, and our selues the more without excuse. To him that knoweth to doe good, and doth it not, to him it is sinne, Iames 4. 17. Yea, the more knowledge, without doing, the more sinne. Hee that neuer knew what God is, or what his will is, the mere simple ignorant man, shall speede a thousand times better, than they that haue great knowledge, and doe not according. Ignorance shall not wholly excuse any from hauing no punishment, but from hauing so great punishment; That seruant that knoweth his Lords will, and doeth it not, shall be beaten with many stripes; But hee that knew not, and did commit things worthy of stripes, shall be beaten with few stripes. Luke 12. 47, 48. Therefore, it is better neuer to haue knowne the way of righteousnesse, and the will of God, than after we haue [Page 105] knowne it, not to doe it, 2. Pet. 2. 21. Indeede, if we neuer had heard of God, neuer had the means of knowledge, we had had no sinne; but wee haue had the meanes, Christ hath spoken to vs (by himselfe, his Prophets, Apostles, and in these dayes by ordinary ministers, to bring vs to knowledge) therefore wee are left without all excuse. Iohn 15. 22. Some there are, that doubt whether there be a God or no, some flatly affirme there is no God at all; and others say, that they cannot see, and know that there is a God; others go further, that acknowledge a God, but they glorifie him not as God: To all such I say with S. Paul, that the very booke of Nature shall condemne them. For the inuisible things of God, euen his eternall power, and God-head, from the creation of the world, are clearely [Page 106] seene, beeing vnderstood by the things which are made; so that they are without excuse; and, Because that when they knew God they glorified him not as God, &c. Rom. 1. 20, 21.
4 Fourthly, because the sentence of life and death shal go vpon vs, according as wee haue done; not what we haue heard, or what wee haue knowne, but what wee haue done. We must all appeare before the iudgment sent of Christ, that euery one may receuie in his body according as hee hath done, whether it be good or euill. 2. Cor. 5. 10. The sentence of absolution shall passe vpon them that haue done well; The sentence of condemnation against them that haue done ill. All that are in the graues, shall come foorth; they that haue done good to the resurrection of life, they that [Page 107] haue done euill, vnto the resurrection of damnation. Iohn 5. 28. 20. Reade more at large in Rom. 2. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10.
5 Lastly, This doing is the end of our Regeneration, and a signe therof, without which we cannot approoue that we are regenerate. Wee are Gods workemanship, created in Christ Iesus vnto good workes. Ephes. 2. 10. And as euery one that doth righteousnesse, is borne of God, 1. Iohn 2. 29. So whosoeuer doth not righteousnesse is not of God, 1. Iohn 3. 10. Yea, as Paul saith, when men boast of God, and know his will. and yet doe it not, they cause the Gospel to bee euill spoken of, and the Name of God to be blasphemed. Reade at large, Roman. 2. verse 17, to verse 25.
Vse 1 Now for the Vses. Is it the duety of all Christians [Page 108] stians to know Gods will, and doe it? This then reprooues a number, of grosse ignorance, that haue liued a long time vnder the meanes of knowledge, vnder the ministery of the Gospel, and yet, as Paul saith, They haue not the knowledge of God, I speake this to their shame, 1. Cor. 15. 34. They are like those disciples whom Paul found at Ephesus, & asking them, whether they had receiued the holy Ghost since they beleeued, they answered they had not so much as heard whether there were an holy Ghost or no. Act. 19. 2. This was a great rudenesse, and shamefull ignorance, in those that professed themselues disciples; and yet they were but new beginners, and nouices in Religion; what a shame then is it in these dayes for auncient hearers, and old professors, of many of whom [Page 109] wee may truely say, that they doe not so much as know what the will of God is; No doubt they haue heard of it often and often, but they are euer learning, and neuer able to come to the acknowledging of the truth. 2. Tim. 2. 25. They know it not in themselues by experience, and how then can they doe the will of God? A fearefull case; that men shall liue vnder the meanes of knowledge 20. 30. 40. or 60. yeeres, and yet not so much as know what faith and repentance meane: Old age, saith Salomon, is a crowne of glory, if it be found in the way of righteousnes, Pro. 16. 31. but how can it bee found in the way of righteousnesse, when as they doe not so much as know what that way meaneth? but like the superstitious Athenians, in a blind deuotion, ignorantly worship [Page 110] an vnknowne God. Act. 17. 22, 23.
Vse 2 Secondly, This condemneth another sort of people as bad or worse, that haue attained to great knowledge; but they want practise, they doe not those things which they know; They know what God commaunds, and what hee forbids, but they neither doe the one, nor auoyd the other; None more forward in profession, yet none so slow in practise, they wil heare much, and frequent Sermons, goe to this place and that, not a Sermon shall misse them, yet nothing but hypocrisie, and blinde zeale, for want of practise; If the former are blame-worthy, much more are these; Farre greater are the sinnes against knowledge, than those of ignorance, and greater shall be [Page 111] their iudgement. And as the former perish for want of knowledge, Hos. 4. 6. so shall these perish for want of practise; in not obeying the Gospel. 2. Thess 1. 8, 9. And all such I leaue to consider of that sharpe reproofe of our Sauiour Christ, Why doe yee call mee Lord, Lord, and doe not as I bid you? Luke 6. 46. As if he had said, Seeing a good tree bringeth foorth good fruit, and a good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth foorth good things, and out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh; how commeth it to passe, that you like the Scribes and Pharises, seigne your selues to bee good trees, and treasures, trusting onely to your bare profession, calling mee Lord, Lord, whereas you doe not as I bid you? you are but trees hauing onely leaues, and [Page 112] no fruit, good words, but no good workes, hauing the leaues of a bare profession, but wanting the fruit of practique obedience, and an holy conuersation, and therefore yee are accursed like the fig-tree, of whom Christ hath many yeeres together sought fruit, but findeth none. Matth. 21. 19.
Vse 3 Thirdly, This should stirre vp Gods Ministers to labour and take paines, to teach their people knowledge; knowledge of God, knowledge of his will, knowledge in the Word; for as the people perish for want of knowledge, Hos. 4. 6. so they want knowledge, and perish for want of preaching; Where prophecie faileth, the people perish. Prou. 29. 18. Faith, knowledge, and other graces come by hearing, (as the ordinary means) [Page 113] and how can wee beleeue in him, of whom we haue not heard, and how can wee heare without a Preacher? Rom. 10. 14. to 17. Wee Ministers must teach Gods people, and pray for them, or else we sinne against God, as Samuel saith, As for mee, God forbid that I should sinne against the Lord, in ceasing to pray for you; but I will teach you the good and right way. 1. Samuel 12, 23. I will teach you the feare of the Lord, saith Dauid. Thus Ministers must doe, as the Priests and Leuites did. They read in the Law of God, and gaue the sence, and caused the people to vnderstand the reading. Nehe. 8. 7. 8. And let vs marke it, that if the people perish in their sins, for want of teaching, their bloud shall be required at the Ministers hand. Ezek. 3. 18, 20.
Vse 4 Lastly, This teacheth vs all, [Page 114] both Minister and people, to take heed how any of vs content our selues with bare knowledge, and aboue all things to become conscionable practitioners of God will; This is the onely thing, that commends a man to God, and is acceptable to him; I [...] Christ Iesus, (that is, in the kingdom of grace) neither circumcision auaileth any thing, nor vncircumcision, but faith, which worketh by loue. Gal. 5. 6. Circumcision is nothing, and vncircumcision is nothing, (that is, all the outward Rites, Ceremonies, Dignities, Regalities, Priuiledges, and Prerogatiues, whether of Iew or Gentile; all outward Wisedome, Ciuility, Wealth, policie, Strength; all outward Actions, Hearing, Praying, Partaking of the outward Elements in the Sacraments, Preaching, Fasting, Almes-deedes, and the like, [Page 115] are nothing) but the keeping of Gods Commandements; that is, the doing of Gods will. 1. Cor. 7. 19. We must not receiue the grace of God in vaine, 2. Corinth. 6. 1. that is, the doctrine of the Gospel, which is the doctrine of grace, must not be onely in word, or onely in a forme of outward profession, but a word of power, inabling vs to performe it, quickening vs in the wayes of righteousnesse, and making vs pliable to obey that which is taught. The Kingdome of God is not in word, but in power, 1. Cor. 4. 20. not to talke of the word, but to doe it, and reforme our liues according to it; We must therefore bee not onely hearers and knowers, but doers. Iam. 1. 22. And thus I end with that godly exhortation of S. Paul; Those things which ye haue both learned, and receuied, and heard, [Page 116] doe; And the God of peace shal be with you. Philip. 4. 9. And thus much of the Second Obseruation. The Third followeth.
Thirdly: I obserue from Obser. 3. the word [Procuing,] that it is the duetie of euery Christian, to allow of, and approoue what is Gods will, and pleasing to the Lord; so much the word signifies, to like of, to approoue of, to allow of, as I haue shewed. For our better vnderstanding whereof, obserue two things: 1. What it is to approoue, and allow of Gods will. 2. The meanes how wee may come to allow of it. Of these briefly.
1 To approoue, and allow of, what is pleasing to God, is, wholly to conforme our wills, and willingly to subiect our wills vnto Gods will [Page 117] in all things; resigning vp our selues wholly to bee ruled by God, according to his good will and pleasure; and being content with whatsoeuer is Gods will, approouing it in our hearts; whether it be by doing or suffering, in prosperitie or aduersitie, and all because it is Gods will. Thus did Dauid approoue of Gods will; It is written in the booke, that I should fulfill thy will, ô my God, I am content to doe it; yea, thy Law is within my heart. Psal. 40. 8. Thus did our Sauiour Christ, Not my wil, but thy wilbe done. Mat. 26, 39. & 42. Thus did Ioab; The Lord doe that which seemeth him good. 2. Sam. 10. 12. Thus did the people that besought Paul not to go vp to Ierusalem; when hee would not be perswaded, they ceased, saying, The will of the Lord bee done. Acts. 21. 14. Thus did Eli, It is the Lord: [Page 118] Let him doe what seemeth him good. 1. Sam. 3. 18. This dutie is of great vse, but especially in time of aduersitie, in sickenesse, crosses, diseases, losse of friends, losse of goods, in reproaches, slanders, false accusations, and in any distresse, either of body or minde; In all, and each of these, wee must subiect our wills, to Gods will, and bee contented, because it is Gods will; suffering patiently, whatsoeuer it shall please God to lay vpon vs; I was dumbe, saith Dauid, I opened not my mouth, because thou, Lord, didst it. Psal. 39. 9. So must euery one follow his example: Come what wil come, knowing it to bee the good will and pleasure of God, we must bee silent, and say nothing, because it is the Lords doing; In this regard, it is an excellent saying, (though in [Page 119] the Apocrypha) and worthy all our practise, howsoeuer carnally wee would wish the contrary; Neuerthelesse, as the will of God is in heauen, so let him doe. 1. Maccabees 3. vers. 60.
This approbation of Gods will must bee, 1. Voluntary; 2. Patient; 3. Thankefull; 4. Generall. First Voluntary, without compulsion; and therefore it must not bee because wee cannot shift it, but because it is Gods doing; we must serue God with willing mindes, 1. Chron. 28. 9. seruing him simply and absolutely for himselfe, and so approue of his will, because hee wills it; Dauid approoued of Gods will, not because hee could not other wise shift it, or because he was constrained, but because thou Lord didst it. Psal. 39. 9. Constrained obedience [Page 120] is when we obey, will we, nill wee; this is nothing worth, God regards it not; it may be in the most wicked man, yea, it is in the deuils themselues, who are constrained to obey the powerfull and commanding voyce of Christ; as wee may see in their many dispossessions at his Command, and in the deuils departure from Christ in the end of the combate, when Christ gaue him the Auaunt; but ours must be willing, and from the heart, not to say, we are contented, and wee allow of Gods will, but to say so from the heart, and to like of it in our hearts; as Dauid, I am contented to doe thy will, O my God, yea, thy Law is within my heart. Psalm. 40. 8. And, as Paul saith, doing the will of God from the heart. Ephes. 6. 6. and euen with good-will doing seruice. verse 7. They which are compelled, [Page 121] are like to traitors, who in suffering death, are constrained to obey the Kings Lawes.
2 Secondly, it must be Patient; As, if God lay any crosse, or sicknes vpon vs, wee must beare it patiently as knowing it is Gods will it should be so; We must take vp our crosse daily, and follow Christ. Luk. 9. 23. Patient in tribulation. Rom. 12. 12. Christ suffered patiently, and we must arme our selues with the same mind. 1. Pet. 4. 1. Behold, we count them happy which endure. Iam. 5. 11. We must not be impatiēt as the wicked, repining against God; For God doth according to his will both in heauen and earth, and no man can stay his hand, or say vnto him, What doest thou? Dan. 4. 35. We must not complaine, as the people complained and displeased the Lord. Numbers 11. 1. Wee must not murmure, as the Israelites murmured, [Page 122] and were destroyed of the destroyer. 1. Cor. 10. 10. Wee must not bee discontent, a [...] Iobs wife, who bid her husband, Curse God, and die. Iob 2. 9. But, wee must be silent as Dauid. Psal. 39. 9. Patient as Iob; Contented as Paul. Philip. 4. 11. Dumbe, as Christ, as a sheepe before the shearer, not opening h [...] mouth. Esa. 53. 7. And all this must bee, because all comes from God, whether prosperity, or aduersitie; and therefore wee must thus reason with the Prophet Ieremie, Out of the mouth of the most High, proceedeth not euill and good? doth not all come from God? why then doth the liuing man complaine? man suffereth for his sinne. Lam. 3. 38, 39.
3 Thirdly, it must be Thankfull; wee are so to approoue of Gods wil, as that we testifie our approbation by thankefulnesse. This thankfulnesse [Page 123] is a true signe of contentment, alwayes prouided that it proceedes from the heart; for many in time of afflictions will seeme outwardly to the world to bee thankefull, whereas God knowes their hearts speake the contrary, and in their hearts they could and doe wish the contrary; But what sayth Iob? Shall wee receiue good at the hands of God and not euill? that is, aswell aduersitie as prosperitie?) Iob 2. 10. Hee knew it was Gods will that hee should suffer afflictions, and behold his thankefull approbation: Naked came I out of my mothers wombe, naked shall I returne againe; The Lord giueth, and the Lord taketh away, blessed bee the Name of the Lord. Iob 1. 21. Hee acknowledged all was as it pleased the Lord, so come things to passe, therefore blessed be God: We must [Page 124] in all things giue thanks, 1. Thes. 5. 18. and giue thankes for all things, Ephes. 5. 20. if in and for all things, then in all afflictions, & for all afflictions, thereby to testifie our approbation of Gods will; yea, then we may safely conclude vnto our selues, that we are both doers and approouers of the will of God, when in all things we giue thankes. Therfore Paul vrgeth this duetie of thankefulnesse by this forcible Reason: In euery thing thing giue thankes, for this is the will of God in Christ Iesus concerning you. 1. Thes. 5. 18.
Lastly, This approbation of Gods will must be Generall; that is, wee must be content that God should haue and worke his will, aswell in one thing as in another, Gods will must haue no limitation, neither can wee, though wee would, limit God. Therefore [Page 25] if prosperity comes, be thankefull, if aduersity comes; be both thankfull and humble; whatsoeuer comes, resolue to bee content. Many seem to approue of it, in their health, wealth, peace, & liberty, they like this wel; but they like not to be afflicted: Some again can be cōtent with this & that crosse, but they cannot endure to heare of othersome; but if GOD lay his hand vpon them more heauy then ordinary, then they take on like mad men, raging and repining, foming out their owne shame, and none are so crossed and plagued as they: But what did Iob? God tooke away his goods, who had abundance of wealth; God took away his children, his seruants, his whole estate; and afflicted himselfe, suffering Sathan to smite him with sore biles, from the [Page 126] sole of the foote to his crown, that hee was faine to take a potsheard to scrape himselfe withall; yet Iob in all these approoued of Gods will; In all this did not Iob sinne with his lips, nor charge God foolishly. Iob 1. and 2. Chapters. So saith Christ, If any man will bee his disciple, he mu [...] take vp his crosse daily. Luk [...] 9. 23. his crosse, that is, his owne crosse, that is, such a measure of crosse as God shal lay vpon him in particular, be it more or lesse, that is his crosse, and this hee must take vp, and not what man himselfe listeth. And thus did Paul approoue of Gods will generally, in one thing as another, I haue learned in whatsoeuer estate I am, therewith to be content. Philip. 4. 11. Thus I haue shewed, what it is, and the manner of it. Now of the Meanes.
The Meanes how to become The means to become approouers of Gods will. approuers of Gods will are these; 1 First, to deny our selues, and our owne wills; to goe out of our selues, to renounce our selues wholly, denying our reason, will and affections, and resigning vp our selues wholly to be ruled by God. For so long as our owne wills beare sway in vs, Gods will can take no place in vs. Had not Abraham thus denied himselfe and his owne will, in that great triall of his, in sacrificing Isaack he could neuer haue beene drawne to haue approued of Gods will, to sacrifice him. Our Sauiour Christ saith, If any man will come after mee (in conforming his will to my will) let him deny himselfe, and take vp his crosse, Luke 9. 23. first, deny himselfe, before he can approoue of Gods will in bearing the [Page 128] crosse; yea, though it seemes to be against all sence and reason in mans iudgement, yet we must deny our selues, and doe it; Wee must not doe the things that seeme good in our owne eyes, Deut. 12. 8. nor be wise in our owne conceits, Rom. 12. 16.
Secondly, to liue in the feare of God; This is a meanes bot [...] to know, vnderstand, and approue of Gods will; and he that liues without this feare, is void of knowledge, and vnderstanding, and so cannot approoue of that they know not; For this cause it is so often said, The feare of God is the beginning of knowledge, Prou 1. 7. The feare of the Lord is the beginning of wisedome, Prou. 9. 10. The feare of the Lord is the beginning of wisedome: a good vnderstanding haue all they that doe thereafter, Psal. 111. 10. Yea, blessed is [Page 129] he that feareth the Lord (come what will come, and let God worke his will, hee approues of it,) for his heart is fixed, trusting in the Lord; his heart is established, Psal. 112. 1. 7. 8. This feare of God is, as it were a bridle to restraine vs from ouer-shooting our selues into all euill, and keepes vs in awe and obedience to Gods will, preseruing vs from rashnesse, vnaduisednesse, discontentment, impatiency, and the like, whereby men doe shew themselues dislikers and disalowers of Gods will. By the feare of the Lord, men depart from euill, Prou. 16. 6. This also caused Abraham so willingly to approue of Gods will, euen beyond all reason in mans iudgment, to offer Isaack in sacrifice: Now I know thou fearest God, seeing thou hast not with-held thy onely Sonne, Gen. 22. 12.
3 Thirdly, that we may approue of Gods will, especially in aduersity, wee must prepare aforehand for trialls; Troubles will come, and many troubles, and great. Man hath but a short time to liue, and is full of trouble, Iob 14. 1. Great are the troubles of the righteous, Psal. 34. 19. through many tribulations we must enter into Gods Kingdome, Acts 14. 22. And armies of sorrowes are against me, saith Iob 6. 4. And therefore, if we doe not foresee and prepare our selues afore-hand, wee shall be found vnarmed and naked, not able to encounter with the least tryall and temptation; Dangers foreseene, are lesse grieuous. We must therefore with Iob, All the day long, and euery day of our appointed time, waite till our change come, Iob 14. 14. and so to pray to God aforehand, that when it doth [Page 131] come, he will arme our selues with patience to vndergoe what he in his heauenly wisedome shall thinke good to lay vpon vs; and withall wee must resolue to be contented that God may haue his will; The want of this meanes, is a maine cause, why so many are so shamefully ouer-seene, in abusing themselues by immoderate pensiuenesse and sorrow, as men without hope, more like bruit beasts, or worse, which haue no vnderstanding; wherein they shew themselues, how carnally minded they are; and it is a signe that such are yet in their naturall estate.
In a word, we must, when God worketh his will, consider of the impossibility of it, that it should be otherwise; for God will doe what hee will; and hee that is not contented with it, doth, what in [Page 132] him lieth, resist the will of God, which is a fearefull thing; Dauid was grieued when hee saw the childe like to die; but when it was dead, he comforted himselfe, partly in regard of the happinesse it was gone vnto, and partly in regard of the impossibility of returning againe; saying, I shall goe to him, but he shall not come againe to mee: Therefore why should I fast and weepe any more? 2 Sam. 12. 23. So in euery crosse, vnder which the Lord shall exercise vs, whether by sicknesse, by losses, by death, either of our selues, or ours, our Parents, Children, Husbands, Wiues, Kinsfolke, Friends, or what way soeuer, consider it is GODS doing, it is impossible it should be vndone againe, therefore rest vpon God, approue of it because it is his doing, and be content; [Page 133] for if by impatience we resist Gods will, as Paul saith in another sence, the like may I say here, They that resist, shall receiue to themselues damnation, Rom. 13. 2. And thus much of this third obseruation. Now of the Vses.
Vse 1 This condemnes those that in stead of approuing what is pleasing to God, doe wholly disobey his will, opposing their wills to his will, and striuing what in them lieth, to resist Gods will; These are such as haue vnsanctified, and vnregenerate wils of their owne, which they follow to their owne destruction; God willeth one thing, they will another; as God complaines of Hierusalem, O Hierusalem, Hierusalem, which hillest the Prophets, and stonest them which are sent vnto thee, how often would I haue gathered [Page 134] you together, as an henne gathereth her Chickens vnder her wings, and ye would not? Math. 23. 37. God said vnto them, walke in the good way, &c. but they said, we will not walke therin; And God set watch-men ouer them, saying, hearken to the sound of the trumpet; but they said, we will not hearken, Ier. 6. 16. 17. And this is the sinne at this day, God would, but man will not; God would haue men to be saued, and come to the acknowledgement of the truth; 1 Tim. 4. but men will not repent, that they may bee saued; God giues men space to repent, but they repent not, Reuel. 2. 21. Thus they told the Prophet flatly to his face, they would not heare him speake in the name of the Lord, but they would follow their idolatrie, and they would offer sacrifice to the Queene of heauen, Ier. 44. 16. 17. and thus at this day, God [Page 135] reuealeth his will by the mouth of his Ministers, but men will not heare the voice of the charmers, charme they neuer so wisely, Psal. 58. 5. Thus they contemne Gods will; Their owne hearts carry them away (as it was obiected against Iob, but too truely verified in the wicked) and they turne their spirit against God, Iob 15. 12. 13.
Vse 2 This reprooues the Carnall wisedome of a number, who are wise in their owne conceits, and doe that which seemeth them good in their owne eyes, and approoue of any thing rather then of Gods will; it is impossible that such should approoue of Gods will; For the carnall minde is enmity against God; and the carnall minde is not subiect to the law of God, neither indeed can be. So then they that [Page 136] are in the flesh, cannot please God, Rom. 8. 7. 8. Wee must not therefore be wise in our selues, and from our selues in matters of saluation; if we doe that which seemes good in our owne eyes, wee cannot doe that which God commands; therefore God commanding the one, forbids the other. Deut. 12. 8. reading from Verse 4. to 12.
Vse 3 This teacheth vs to hasten our conuersion, and to come out of our naturall estate, and to be regenerated by the sanctifying graces of Gods spirit, for so long as we remaine in our naturall estate, wee cannot so much as discerne of Gods will, much lesse then can we approoue it; The naturall man perceiues not the things of the spirit of God, for they are foolishnesse vnto him, neither can hee know them, because [Page 137] they are spiritually discerned, 1 Cor. 2. 14. and this comes to passe, by reason of the hardnesse of heart, which blindes the vnderstanding; Hauing the vnderstanding darkened, through the ignorance that is in them, because of the hardnesse of their hearts, Ephes. 4. 18. God gaue Iesabell a space to repent, (there was his offer and reuealed will,) but she repented not; there was her refusall, hardning her heart, Reuel. 2. 21.
Vse 4 Lastly, this reprooues all immoderate sorrow, impatiency, discontentment, vnwillingnesse, vnthankefulnesse, whereby, especially in time of affliction, men shew themselues displeased with that which is Gods will; and if they might haue their own wils, they would neuer haue the least crosse; so long as they [Page 138] may liue in health, wealth, peace & liberty, and abound in worldly prosperitie, they like it well; but when trouble comes, they murmure and complaine against God, they like not then to retaine God in their knowledge, Rom. 1 yea. when tribulation and persecution ariseth, because of the word, by and by they are offended, Math. 13. 21. and in time of temptation they fail away, Luke 8. 13. In a word, we must take great heede of hardnesse of heart, vnregenerate wills, vnsanctified affections, as pride, hatred malice, and the like, all which doe greatly hinder vs, that wee cannot approoue of what is acceptable and pleasing to the Lord; And thus much bee said of the word Proouing; that is, searching and trying, vnderstanding and knowing by experience, liking of, approouing and allowing, [Page 139] what is the will of God; proouing, what is acceptable to the Lord. And thus I conclude this first point, with that louing exhortation of the Apostle; I beseech you brethren by the mercy of God, that ye present your bodies a liuing sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God, which is your reasonable seruice. And be not conformed to this world, but be ye transformed, by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prooue, what is that good, that acceptable and perfect will of God, Rom. 12. 1. 2.
THE SECOND SERMON vpon this FIRST STEPPE.
WEe haue heard hitherto of the dutie it selfe; now I proceede to the second point in the Text; namely, what must be prooued, and approoued; The thing then which we must prooue, is, [...], What is acceptable, or wel-pleasing to the Lord;
It is the counsell of the [Page 141] Apostle, 1 Thes. 5. 21. Try all things; hold fast that which is good; as if he should haue said, as I would not haue you despise prophecying, so I would not haue you to admit and approoue of euery Doctrine without discretion, but to prooue the doctrines, and hold fast onely that which is good; I would haue you to trie the Doctrines by the Touch-stone of Gods word, and not to be carried away with euery winde of doctrine, Ephes. 4. 14. I would haue you try the spirits, whether they be of God or no, but not to belieue euery spirit, 1 Iohn 4. 1. I would haue you to approoue of nothing but what is well-pleasing to God; Thus I desire that ye may walke worthy of the Lord, vnto all pleasing, Colos. 1. 9. 10. And I beseech you brethren, and exhort you, by the Lord Iesus, that as ye haue receiued of vs how yee [Page 142] ought to [...]lke and to plea [...]e God, so yee would abound more and more, 1 Thes 4. 1. and as the Text hath it, to walke, proouing, what is acceptable to the Lord, or well-pleasing to God. Not what is pleasing to men; for if we seeke to please men, wee are not the seruants of Christ, Gal. 1. 10. Not to seeke and prooue what is the pleasure of the Pope, as the Papists doe; Not what is pleasing to the world, for he that will be a friend to the world, is an enemy to God, Iam. 4. 4. and the wisedome of the world, is foolishnesse with God, 1 Cor. 3. 19. Not what is pleasing to our owne corrupt natures, affections, humors, dispositions, for this is to liue vnto our selues, and not to the will of God, which is forbidden, 1 Pet. 4. 1. 2. Not what is pleasing to the diuell, for so we fall into the suare of the Diuell, and are taken captine hy [Page 143] him at his will, 2 Tim. 2. 26. but what is well-pleasing to the Lord; that if it be agreeable to his word, then to receiue it, if disagreeing to his word, then to reiect it; if the word commands it wee must doe it; if the word forbid it, wee must leaue it vndone; and thus shall we walke, proouing what is pleasing to the Lord.
For our better vnderstanding of this point, I will handle it; first, Generally; shewing what that is, in generall, which is acceptable or pleasing to the Lord; secondly, more particularly; what the pleasure and will of God is, and wherein it doth consist.
Generally, that is acceptable or pleasing to God, which is agreeable to the will of God; this, and onely this, is well-pleasing to the Lord; [Page 144] therefore the Apostle exhorting vs to proue what is pleasing to the Lord, explaines himselfe afterwards, speaking of the same thing, in the 17. Verse, be not vnwise, but vnderstand what the will of the Lord is. Thus to please God, and in all things to obey Gods will, are all one, and often taken for the same in Scriptures. S. Iohn saith, 1 Epist. 3. 22. Whatsoeuer wee aske, wee receiue of God, because we doe those things which are pleasing in his sight. Which hee explaines afterwards speaking of the same thing; This is the confidence that we haue in him, that if wee aske any thing according to his will, he heareth vs, 1 Iohn 5. 14. And so the Apostle in his prayer, sheweth, saying, The God of peace make you perfect in euery good worke, to doe his will, working in you that which is welpleasing in his sight, Heb. 13. 21. [Page 145] where he giueth vs to vnderstand, that a good worke and well-pleasing to the Lord is that which is done according to his will, and which hee worketh by his spirit in his children. And so, on the contrary, that is displeasing to the Lord, which is disagreeable, and contrary vnto the will of God; When they murmured against God, complaining that they had nothing but Manna, they forgat God and were vnthankefull, this was contrary vnto Gods will; and this displeased the Lord, Psal. 78. at large. Yea, forty yeares long was God grieued with this generation, Psal. 95. 10. and they please not God, and are contrary to all men, 1 Thes. 2. 15. because they did such things as were not according to the will of God, but contrary vnto it, as, they killed the Lord Iesus, and their owne Prophets, [Page 146] and persecuted the Apostles, and the like. Secondly, then wee are said to doe that which is well-pleasing to the Lord, or acceptable to the Lord, when we labour in vprightnesse of he art to keepe Gods commandements; as on the contrarie we doe as highly displease God, when wee breake his commandements. Whatsoeuer we aske of God, wee receiue, because wee keepe his commandements, and doe those things which are pleasing in his sight, 1 Iohn 3. 22. where wee may se, that, to keepe Gods commandements, and to doe what is pleasing in his sight, are in effect all one; and wee can not possibly please God in any thing, vnlesse woe endeauour to yeeld vpright obedience to all Gods Commandements; and when no outward action, priuiledge, or prerogatiue whether of Iew [Page 147] or Gentile, stands vs in any stead, this doth; for circumcision is nothing, and vncircumcision is nothing, but the keeping of the Commandements of God, 1 Cor. 7. 19.
Doct. Hence I gather, that the right way to please God, is to doe nothing but what is agreeable to Gods will, ioyned with obedience to all Gods commandements. Quest. But how shall I know when it is agreeable to Gods will, and when it is not? Answ. It is onely then agreeable to Gods will, when it is agreable to the word of God; for his whole will is contained in the word, and when wee doe what the word commands, and leaue vndone what the word forbids, then we doe the will of God, and please him; and when wee doe contrary vnto the word, we vtterly displease him. Now the will of [Page 148] God is two-fold: Secret, Reuealed. The first is the will of his good pleasure, which neither may nor can be resisted, My counsell shall stand, and I will doe al my pleasure, &c. Isay. 46. 10. 11. Of which speake these places. God will haue mercy on whom he will, and whom he wil, he hardeneth, Rom. 9. 18. 19. He hath predestinated vs according to the good pleasure of his will, Ephes. 1. 5. and the like. This secret will, being the will of his good pleasure, is not here meant, neither doth this belong to vs to pry into, neither is this the rule of our actions. Secrets belong to God, Deut. 29. 29. But I speake of the reuealed will of God, which is called his signified will, which is reuealed and made knowne to vs in his sacred word; Reuealed things belong to vs, Deut. 29. 29. And this is the only law and [Page 149] Rule of all our actions, yea, of whatsoeuer is to bee either beleeued or practised; Thus the Word is the will of God; both the Law and Gospel, because they serue to declare, and manifest vnto vs, what is pleasing and acceptable to God, and what is our duety both towards God, our selues, and others, thus commaundements, counsels, comminations, threatnings, prohibitions, promises, and the like, are the signifying and reuealed will of God, according to which onely, wee must thinke, speake, and doe.
Vse 1 First, This doctrine condemnes all those that either neglect, or contemne the Word of God, in which alone, the will of God is reuealed; They hate to bee reformed, and cast the Word behinde them. Psal. 50 17. How [Page 150] can such men doe that onely which is pleasing to the Lord, and agreeable to his will; When, as Salomon saith, or God by Salomon, They refuse to hearken to the call of God speaking to them in his Word; they set at naught all Gods counsell; they will none of his counsell, but despise all his reproofe? Prou. 1. 24, 25, and 30. verses. Yea, they say vnto God, Depart from vs, wee desire not the knowledge of thy wayes. Iob 21. 14. It is a fearefull case, to see how little the word of God is regarded, and how much it is despised, and in despising the Word, they dispise the will of God, which who so doth, shall bee destroyed: Hee that despiseth the Word shall bee destroyed. Prou. 13. 13.
2 Secondly, This reprooues the practise of the Papists, who neglect the word of God, and debarre the people [Page 151] of it, and giue credence to Popish teachers, and writings of men, cleane contrary vnto the word of God. How is it possible for these to please God, wheras the word of God which containeth his will, should be the onely rule of all their actions, and yet wholly neglected of them? Obiect. They say, it is not lawfull for Lay-men to bee acquainted with Scriptures, or to read & study the Scriptures. Ans. But I say, what Christ saith to one, he saith to all. Mark. 13. 37. if to all, then to Lay-men. The Spirit, in the Word, speaketh to whole Churches, Reuel. 2. and 3. Chapt. if to whole Churches, then to Lay-men. And that which Paul speaketh of one Epistle, is true of the whole Scriptures; that they belong to all the members of Christ, aswell Lay-men; as Ministers; whereas they forbid [Page 152] Lay-men the reading of Pauls Epistles, or any part of Scriptures. I change you by the Lord, (let all Papists remember and regard this strict charge) that this Epistle bee read vnto all the holy brethren, 1. Thess. 5. 27. if to all the holy brethren, then to Lay-men; or else, let the Papists conclude, that Lay-men a [...] none of the holy brethren.
Thirdly. This teacheth all of vs, to examine throughly, by the touchstone of Gods word, what the will of God is, that so our whole worship of God, and euery part therof, may be only such as is agreeable thereunto, or else it is impossible for vs to please God in any one part of his worship. Thus all our prayers must be according to Gods will; If we aske any thing according to his will, he heareth vs. 1 Ioh. 5. 14. Thus all our preaching must [Page 153] bee according to Gods will reuealed in his Word; If any man, or Angel from heauen preach any other doctrine, wee must hold him accursed. Galat. 1. 8, 9. Thus all our hearing must bee onely to receiue Gods word, to heare Gods owne voice, not any thing else. My shoope heare my voice, the voice of strangers they will not heare, Iohn 10. 5, 27. If any bring you not this doctrine, receiue him not, neither bidde him God speede. 2. Epist. Iohn 10. verse: So for the Sacraments, they must bee administred and receiued according to the will of God, that is, the forme and manner prescribed in Gods word. 1. Cor. 11. 23. All which condemne the Papists, who neither pray, preach, heare, administer or receiue, or performe any seruice, answerable to Gods will and word.
4 Lastly, This condemnes all such as liue in a continuall breach of all Gods Commandements, who in stead of keeping all, transgresse all; and if all bee accursed by the sentence of the Law, who continue not in all things written in the booke of the Law, to doe them. Gal. 3. 10. how much more doth this curse belong to those that continue in breaking the whole Law, and do nothing written therin? And if he that despised Moses Law, died without mercy, vnder two or three witnesses, of how much sorer punishment, shall hee be thought worthy, who (in stead of obeying the will of Christ, according to his Word) hath troden vnder soote the Sonne of God, and hath (in stead of doing onely what is agreeable to Gods will, and the good motions of the Spirit) [Page 155] done despight to the Spirit of grace? as Paul saith, Hebr. 10. 28, 29. How is it possible for such to prooue what is acceptable to the Lord? In a word, it condemneth all such as liue in a custome of sinne, which is wholly disagreeable to the will of God; yea, it is as impossible for such to doe any good thing (in regard of humane power) as it is impossible for the Blacke-more to change his skinne, or the Leopard his spots. Ierem. 13. 23. So farre are these from proouing, and doing what is pleasing to God, as they can doe nothing but displease him. And thus much in generall, what is pleasing to the Lord.
Particularly: I come to shew from the word of God, what this Reuealed will of God is, and the sundry particulars, wherein it doth consist; [Page 156] A point, I must confesse, of great moment, as any in the whole Scripture, and yet as little knowne, and lesse practised; for let a man aske some, What is the onely thing to bee looked after? Happily some wil say, though very few, that the chiefe thing is to liue according to Gods will, to serue and please God; this is all they can say, not knowing what it is, or how, to serue and please God. Some goe further, and by wrote they say, God must be serued according to his will in his Word, and this is all: But aske them, what the Word reuealeth, concerning Gods will, and what this will is, wherein it consisteth, and the like, and they can say nothing; A strange thing, that this question, What is the will of God reuealed in his Word, should set the greater [Page 157] part of the world, at Non plus. And because it is of such great moment, and a maine point of Christian Religion, I haue therefore set it downe particularly, from the word of God, what is the pleasure and will of God, and wherein it consisteth; that so those which haue not knowne, may be inlightned in their vnderstanding, and informed in their iudgments, & they which haue knowne, may bee more and more strengthened, and bee stirred to a further increase in proouing and doing what is pleasing to the Lord; which, though I might handle at large, yet I haue reduced all to these fewe heads, as followeth. First of the definition it selfe.
The Reuealed wil of God in his Word, is this; That [Page 158] we should liue by faith in the Sonne of God; beleeuing in him with all our hearts, and dayly repenting vs of all our sinnes; leading an holy and sahctified life; continually performing both actiue and passiue obedience, to all Gods Commandements; growing, and increasing daily in grace and godlines, This in effect, is all that the Word of God reuealeth; and no part of it, but aymes at one of these; all which may bee reduced to these three heads: 1. Faith. 2. Repentance: 3. New obedience; in all which the will of God consisteth. This Paul confirmeth, when he said to the Elders of Ephesus: Yee know how I kept backe nothing (namely of the reuealed will of God) that was profitable vnto you, but haue shewed you and taught you publiquely, and from house to house, testifying [Page 159] both to the Iewes, and also to the Greekes, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Iesus Christ. Acts 20. 20. 21. In which place, wee may plainely obserue, that the summe of all the doctrine of the Bible is, that men should come to Faith, and Repentance, which two things Paul teaching, (ioyned with New obedience) hee is said to haue kept backe nothing of the will of God, profitable for them. And thus came Iesus preaching the Gospel of the kingdome of God, and saying, Repent, and beleeue the Gospel, Mark. 1. 14, 15. all his preaching ayming at this, to bring men to faith and repentance; for indeede, all other things needfull to saluation, may be reduced to these two; and all other graces of the Spirit necessary for Gods children, will accompany [Page 160] these in whomsoeuer they are truely wrought.
But for the better clearing of this point, and for the further explaining of this reuealed will of GOD, I reduce them to seuen heads: in which this will of God consisteth. 1. In Beleeuing. 2. In Repenting. 3. In Holinesse and Sanctification of life. 4. In Well-doing. 5. in suffering for well-doing. 6. In Generall obedience. 7. In increase and growth of grace. All which I shew from places of Scripture, proouing what is pleasing to the Lord, as being an exposition, or explanation of the Definition.
1 First, The will of God consisteth in Beleeuing. As our Sauiour himselfe saith, This is the will of him that sent mee, that euery one which seeth the Sonne (that is, acknowledgeth [Page 161] him to bee the Messias) and beleeueth on him, may haue euerlasting life. Iohn 6. 40. To beleeue in Christ is not onely to haue a generall perswasion of Gods mercie, but to apply Christ vpon found ground to bee my and thy Sauiour in particular; and not onely that the promises of the Gospel are true in generall, but that they belong to me and thee in particular. This Application is the main thing in sauing faith, without which, Knowledge, Assent. Approbation, profession, and Confession of Christ are nothing. And that euery one may the better conceiue of it, and perceiue it in himselfe, hee must trie it by this; It purifieth the heart. Acts. 15. 9. It makes a man to become like to God in purity, to purge himselfe as God is pure. Iohn 3. 3. It will not suffer a man to [Page 162] liue in the darkenesse of his old sinnes; for Christ came a light into the world, that whosoeuer beleeueth in him, should not abide in darkenesse. Ioh. 12. 46. Thus by beleeuing wee doe the will of God; but he that wanteth these things, and liueth as bad as euer hee was, wanteth sauing faith, and cannot approoue what is the wil of God.
Secondly, The will of GOD consists in Repenting: which appeares in these places. Haue I any pleasure at all, that the wicked should die, saith the Lord God? And not that he should returne from his waies, and liue? Ezech. 18. 23. As if God had said, I haue no pleasure in the death of a sinner, but my pleasure is, that hee repent and liue; and so the Prophet explaines afterwards, saying, As I liue, saith the [Page 163] Lord, I haue no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turne from his way, and liue; Turne yee, turne yee from your euill wayes, for why will yee die, O house of Israel? Ezeeh. 33. 11. Thus to repent, is to doe the will of God; yet not euery repentance: Iudas repented, but it was but a worldly sorrow, in regard of punishment, which causeth death. 2. Corinth. 7. 10. But true repentance is a turning from all our sinnes, and returning vnto God, as in the former words of Ezechiel. It is the through-change of the heart, minde, will, and affections, and an alteration of the whole life of man, from euill to good, ioyned alwayes with a purpose of not sinning; This is, to cast off euery transgression, whereby wee haue transgressed, and to make vs a new heart, and a new spirit. [Page 164] Ezech. 18. 32. It is the dying vnto sinne, and liuing vnto righteousnesse, and not to liue any longer in any one sinne, Rom. 6. 2. It is the ceasing from sinne, and ceasing to doe euill; and learning to doe well; and no longer to liue the rest of our time in the flesh, to the lusts of men, but to the will of God. Esay 1. 16, 17. and 1. Pet. 4. 1, 2. It is the awaking to liue righteously, and sinne no more. 1 Corint. 15. 34. to confesse our sinnes, and forsake them. Prou. 28. 13. This is that repentence which God willeth, which cannot be in any Reprobate, and wicked man. Esau found no place of this repentāce, though he sought it carefully with tears. Heb. 12. 17. Of Gods willing of repentance, S. Peter speaketh plainely; GOD is not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. 2. Pet, 3. 9.
3 Thirdly, There is required in vs, Holinesse of life, and Sanctification of the spirit: This is plainely expressed in the words of Paul, This is the will of God, euen your sanctification, that ye should abstaine from fornication, That euery one of you should know how to possesse his vessell in Sanctification, and honour, not in the lustes of concupiscence, &c. for God hath called vs, not vnto vncleannesse, but to holinesse, 1. Thess. 4. 3, to 8. Thus being iustified by faith, wee must bee sanctified by the Spirit, seruing God in righteousnesse and holinesse, all the dayes of our liues, without seruile feare, before him. Luke 1. 74, 75. Thus being conuerted vnto God, wee must shew foorth the fruits of repentance, Matth. 3. 8. and being freed from sinne, we must haue our fruit vnto holinesse. [Page 166] Rom. 6. 22. This holinesse must be in all manner of our conuersation, both before God and men, in publique and priuate, 1 Pet. 1. 15. and without this holinesse no man shall see the Lord. Heb. 12. 14. It cannot bee perfect in this world, but onely inchoate, and in part; Blessed and holy is that man, which hath part in the first resurrection, that is, from sinne, to grace, Reuel. 20. 6. The most holy man can haue but his part, and though it be but in part, yet hee is a holy man and blessed; and yet the righteousnesse of Christ being imputed vnto vs, God beholds vs, in and through him, as perfect.
4 Fourthly, in well-doing; This well-doing, concernes not only the outward worke, doing that which is good but the doing of it in a right manner, so as it may be in vprightnesse [Page 167] of heart, and to the glory of God, and the good of our selues, and others. Thus wee must be full of good workes, that others beholding them may glorifie God, Mat. 5. 16. For so is the will of God, that by well-doing, ye may put to silence, the ignorance of foolish men, 1 Pet. 2. 15. Wee must not therefore be weary of welldoing, Gal 6. 9. and 2 Thes. 3. 13. but be stedfast, vnmooueable, alwaies abounding in the worke of the Lord, 1 Cor. 15. 58. This will appeare in these particulars, all which are Gods will, acceptable and pleasing to the Lord. First, to vse holy and spirituall exercises, as prayer, thankes-giuing, spirituall reioycing, holy meditations, and the like; Euer follow that which is good, both among your selues, and to all men; Reioyce eueamores pray continually; In all things giue [Page 168] thankes; for this is the will of God, in Christ Iesus towards you, 1 Thes. 5. 16 17. 18. It is Gods will that men pray euery where, lifting vp holy hands, without wrath and doubting, Tim. 2. 8. and though these words are spoken in the person of Paul, I will, &c. yet they being the word of God, are his reuealed will. Secondly, to pray for others, for all men, for Kings, and all in authority, that we may leade a quiet and peaceable life, in all godlinesse and honestie, for this is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Sauiour 1 Tim. 2. 1. 2. Thirdly, to bee full of the workes of charity, mercy, bounty, and the like. Distributing to the necessity of Saints, Rom. 12. 13. To doe good and distribute, forget not, for with such sacrifice, God is well pleased, Heb. 13. 16. The Kingdome of God, saith Paul, is not meate and drinke, [Page 169] but righteousnesse, peace, and ioy in the holy Ghost, and be that in these things serueth God, to acceptable to God, and approoued of all good men, Rom. 14. 17. 18.
Fiftly, in Suffering: Suffering is two-fold; for euill-doing; this is not acceptable to God; for what glory is it, if when ye are buffeted for your faults, ye shall take it patiently 1 Pet. 2. 20. for well doing; this suffering onely is thanke-worthy; This is thanke-worthy, if a man for conscience toward God, indure griefe, suffering wrongfully, 1 Pet. 2. 19. but if when ye doe well, and take it patiently in suffering for it, this is acceptable with God, Verse 20. For it is better, if the will of God be so, that ye suffer for well-doing, then for ill-doing; as 1 Pet. 3. 17. Which must teach all to haue a care, that when they doe suffer, [Page 170] they haue a good cause, and a cleare conscience; and in this suffering, we obey the will of God; as if it be for the profession of the Gospell, the confession of Christ, for the testimony of Christ, and a good conscience, for hearing the word, and vsing all other godly exercises, as prayer, singing of Psalmes, godly conference and the like; for these things Gods children suffer much wrong in the world; To all whom I giue S. Peters counsell, Let them that suffer thus, according to the will of God, commit the keeping of their soules to him in well-doing, as vnto a faithfull Creator, 1 Pet. 4. 19.
6 Sixtly, in generall obedience; both actiue; to doe one thing as well as another, and to forsake one sinne, as well as another; to obserue euery [Page 171] commandement, as well as one; and passiue, to suffer whatsoeuer it is Gods will to haue vs suffer; for as Augustine saith, Hee that is not content with Gods will, in suffering whateuer it pleaseth God to lay vpon him, his heart is not vpright in him, because hee will not direct his will to Gods will, but will haue Gods will bent to his. This is all that God requires at our hands; Feare God, and keepe all his commandements, for this is the whole dutie of man, Eccles. 12. 13. and marke here, how Salomon calleth this, the Conclusion of the whole matter; as though all Gods reuealed will were comprehended vnder these two, to feare God, and to yeeld generall obedience to all Gods commandements. Wee must doe that in truth, & vprightnesse, which the dissembling hypocrites did with a double heart; [Page 172] namely; that when God shall declare vnto vs his will, as he did by the Prophet Ieremy, who kept nothing of Gods will backe from the people, that then, I say, wee resolue to doe according to all things which the Lord our God commandeth; whether it be good, or whether it be euill, (in all) we will obey the voice of God, Ier. 42. 5. 6. This is the onely thing which God requires, to feare the Lord thy God, to walke (not in some) but in all his waies; to keepe (not some) but all his commandements and statutes, which he commands vs for our good, Deut. 10. 12. Then shall we not be ashamed, when we haue respect vnto all Gods commandements, Psal. 119. 6. It is Gods will and command, that wee should keepe all his precepts diligently, Psal. 119. 4.
7 Lastly, the will of God is, that wee should increase and [Page 173] grow in grace; Not sufficient to attaine to any grace, and to stand at a stay in Christianity, but to grow in grace, and to goe forward in the knowledge of our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ, 2 Pet. 3. 18. As new borne babes, desiring the sincere milke of the word, that wee may grow thereby, 1 Pet. 2. 2. alwaies abounding in the worke of the Lord, 1 Cor. 15. 58. Therefore Saint Paul praied daily for the Colossians, that they might be filled with the knowledge of Gods will, in all wisedome and spirituall vnderstanding; that they might walke worthy of the Lord vnto all pleasing, being fruitfull in euery good worke, and increasing in the knowledge of God, &c. Colos. 1. 9. 10. In which words we see, that, he that will know, and doe Gods will, and please him in all things, must be fruitfull in euery good worke, and [Page 174] increase in grace; like to the Church of Thyatira, whose workes were more at last, then they were at first. Reuel. 2. 19. This the parable of the Talents signifieth; The graces of Gods spirit, are these Talents, which must be put out to vse and increased, Math. 25. 14. 15. 16. to 31.
Hence I obserue, that the Obser. onely way to doe the reuealed will of God, is to labour for found faith, true repentance, and new obedience, ioyned with both outward, and inward reformation of life; without these it is impossible in all other things, though neuer so excellent, to please God, or to fulfill the will of God; what more excellent then preaching the word, prayer, working of miracles in Christs name and casting out Diuels in his name? [Page 175] yet to many such, Christ shall say at the day of iudgement, I neuer knew you, depart from mee yee workers of iniquity, because yee haue not done my Fathers will, liuing by faith, in repentance, and new obedience, vnto which onely the promise of saluation is made, Mat. 7. 21. 22. 23. What more excellent then to be allied to Christ? yet Christ preferreth spirituall kindred by faith, repentance, and new obedience, farre beyond it, saying, Who is my Mother? and who are my Brethren? and pointing to his Disciples, hee said, behold my Mother, and my Brethren; for whosoeuer shall doe my Fathers will, the same is my Brother, and Sister and Mother, Math. 12. 47. 48. 49. 50. It was an excellent priuiledge, that the Virgin Mary was the Mother of Christ, yet, with reuerence be it spoken, had shee not as [Page 176] well boren him in her heart by faith liuing in repentance and new obedience, as well as shee bare him in her wombe, she had neuer beene saued. Let a man imagine, and thinke of the most excellent gifts that can be named, yet none will auaile any vnto saluation without this true faith sincere repentance, and new obedience, by which only we become doers of Gods will who onely shall bee saued; Therefore saith Paul, In Christ Iesus, nothing auaileth, but faith which worketh by loue, Gal. 5. 6. Nothing auaileth, but the keeping of Gods commandements, 1 Cor. 7. 19. Therefore if any man be in Christ, hee is a new creature, 2 Cor. 5. 17.
Vse 1 First, this must stirre vp euery one to approoue the foundnesse of sincerity of his faith, repentance, and obedience [Page 177] vnto God; I say, the soundnesse and sincerity of these; for it is not euery kinde of saith, euery kinde of repentance and obedience, that will make vs doers of Gods will, but onely that which is sound and sincere; Sound, in the beginning and ground; sound in the fruits and nature; sound in the continuance. Simon Magus belieued, and was baptized, Acts 8. 13. The diuels belieue and tremble, Iam. 2. 19. Iudas repented, wisting hee had neuer betrayed Christ, and confessed his sinne before God and men, Math. 27. 3. 4. Esau sought repentance with teares, Heb. 12. 17. Saul and Pharaoh confessed Gods righteousnesse, and their owne, and the peoples sinnes, Exod. 9. 27. Ahab at the fearefull and heauy message of God, humbled himselfe, put on sacke-cloath, [...]ent his cloathes, and lay in sacke-cloath, [Page 178] 1 King. 21. The wicked, and the Diuels themselues obey God, but against their will, But which of all these were doers of Gods will, or euer attained to saluation? Not one, because all was counterfeit, in hypocrisie, dissimulation, with a double heart; and though they had, and did many good things, in themselues good, yet not good to them, because their heart was not right with God, Psal. 78. 34. &c. What great cause then haue wee to looke vnto our selues, that all bee sound, seeing both faith, repentance, and obedience, in some sort, may be in the very reprobates, and closest hypocrites?
And because this is so maine a point to be learned, as being that indeede which putteth life to all grace, I will therefore shew in some particulars, [Page 179] wherein the soundnesse of the former graces of faith, repentance, and new obedience consisteth, that so euery one may approue vnto himselfe, the soundnesse and sincerity of them.
First, they must be all from the heart, and from the whole heart; This is the ground and roote, from whence they must spring; otherwise, all our faith is but an outward shew, yea, a lip-saith, and a lip-repentance, and all our obedience is but onely an outward reformation of life, which may bee in an hypocrite, and in many a one who shall neuer be saued. Thus wee must be sound in faith, Tit. 2. 2. and so doe the will of God from the heart, Ephes. 6. 6. We must belieue with all our heart, Acts 8. 37. Thus wee must turne to God with all our hearts, and with fasting, weeping, and [Page 180] mourning, and rent our hearts. Ioel 2. 12, 13. and wee must obey God in all things from the heart. Rom. 6. 17. that is, wee must beleeue, repent and obey vprightly, vnfainedly, sincerely, and seriously; and so whatsoeuer wee doe, wee must doe it heartily as to the Lord, and not vnto men. Coloss. 3. 23. This is that which God calleth for in euery good dutie, My sonne, giue mee thy heart. Prou. 23. 26.
2 Secondly, They must all be liuely, powerfull, and effectuall; Faith must shew it selfe in the fruits of it, as in the change of the whole man, both in heart, and life; and causing a man in euery estate to rest contented with the will of God, according to that of Esay; He that beleeueth shall not make haste. Esay 28. 16. that is, in all estates hee will stay himselfe vpon the [Page 181] good will and pleasure of God; and where there is not a through chaunge of the heart and life, and such a moderation of our affections, and passions, there is no true faith; Thus wee must bring forth the fruits of repentance, being changed in our minds, laying aside the purpose of sinning, resoluing by Gods grace to sinne no more, and being heartily sory for offending so good a God; and so for obedience, to endeauour in the vse of all good meanes, to performe it from all the powers, and parts both of soule and body; and where this is in trueth, there will follow a change in the will, thoughts and affections, and all the actions of our life. For they that are Christs haue crucified the flesh, with the affections, and lusts. Galat. 5. 24.
3 Thirdly, They must all be entire, and totall, not partiall; Thus wee must beleeue all that the Prophets haue spoken. Luk. 24. 25. Repentance must bee of all sinne, or else of none; wee must not haue a dispensation, for any one sinne; and obedience must bee totall, to the whole will of God, in yeelding cheerefull obedience to euery commandement, without partialitie; For he that breaketh one Commandement is guilty of all. Iam. 2. 10. Therefore Christ saith, Yee are my friends, if ye doe (not some things) but, whatsoeuer I commaund you. Iohn 15. 14. And as Paul saith, This is our proofe, whether wee be obedient in all things. 2. Cor. 2. 9.
4 Fourthly; All must bee voluntary, with a cheerefull and willing minde; nothing violent will last long. Thus [Page 183] Gods children are described to bee voluntaries; Thy people, O Lord, shall come willingly at the time of assembly. Psal. 110. 3. Dauid gaue Salomon this counsell to serue GOD, (namely, in the whole course of his seruice, and in all the parts of his worship, whereof Faith, Repentance, and New Obedience, are chiefe) with a willing minde. 1. Chron. 28. 9. Thus did Dauid himselfe delight to doe Gods will. Psalm. 40. 8. and it was our Sauiours meate and drinke to doe his Fathers will. Iohn 4. 34. Thus doe the Angels in heauen, who are described to haue wings, to shew their speede, alacrity, willingnes and cheerefulnesse in doing Gods will, and wee must bee like them. Some beleeue but it is onely for a time, and in time of temptation fall away; such a faith was neuer willingly, [Page 184] so neuer sound: Some rep [...]t, o [...] rather seeme to repent, and to leaue sinne, when sinne leaues them, when in regard of opportunity, or feare; or age, or some such like respect, they cannot commit sinne, yet they regard sinne in heart; This is no sound repentance; and so for obedience, many performe a constrained obedience, as the deuils & wicked Church-Papists, and the like, and so no sound obedience, and thus, though grace bee imperfect, and full of many infirmities, (as no grace can be perfect in this life) yet if there bee in vs a willing minde, it is accepted according to that a man hath. 2. Cor. 8. 12. Thus with the Corinthians, We must beleeue, repent, and obey, and not onely beginne to doe, but to be forward, and to haue a readinesse, as to will, so to performe. [Page 185] 2. Corinth. 8. verses 10. 11.
5 Fiftly, All the former graces, that they may be sound, must bee accompanied with a good conscience; without this, all our Faith, Repentance, and Obedience are but counterfeit: Thus wee must indeuour alwayes to haue a conscience void of offence toward God and men. Acts 24. 16. that wee may truly say with Paul, I haue liued in all good conscience before God vntill this day. Acts 23. 1. Thus Saint Peter saith, Wee must haue a good conscience. 1. Pet. 3. 16. This good conscience is such as hath no manner of purpose to liue in any one sinne whatsoeuer, but is resolued to please GOD in all the wayes of his Commaundements, and that continually; and it doth excuse, not accuse: On the contrary the bad conscience, is, when a [Page 186] man resolueth to cherish, or purposeth to liue in any one sinne whatsoeuer. Thus Paul counselleth, to keepe faith and a good conscience, from which good conscience some haue erred, and as concerning faith, (for it was but a temporary and counterseit faith) haue made shipwracke. 1. Tim. 1. 19. Wee must hold the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. 1. Tim. 3. 9.
Thus the end of the Commandement is loue, out of a pure heart and a good conscience, and faith vnfained, &c. 1. Tim. 1. 5. 6. in which place it is plain, that a pure heart, a good conscience, and a sound faith are three inseparable companions, neither is it possible, one to bee without the other: so for Repentance, and Obedience, yea, the whole seruice of God must bee with a good conscience, as Paul saith; My [Page 187] God whom I serue from my forefathers with pure conscience. 2. Timoth. 1. 3. Wee must haue a good conscience in all things. Hebr. 13. 18. that wee may say in all these, how I beleeue, repent, and obey, my conscience beares mee witnesse. Rom. 9. 1.
6 Lastly, All must be sound in Continuance. It is no sound grace, to beleeue for a time, and in time of temptation to fall away; It is not to seeme to repent, to hang down the head like a bulrush for a day, and to looke heauily, and to doe some good things by fits, and afterward to returne to the former vomit of our sinnes; but wee must be faithful vnto the death, Reu. 2. 10. by liuing continually to our liues end in Faith, Repentance, and new Obedience. Wee must bee stedfast in the faith. 1. Pet. 5. 9. Wee [Page 188] must stand fast in the faith. 1. Cor. 16 13. Wee must continue in the faith grounded and setled, &c Coloss. 1. 23. So for Repentance, it must bee daily renewed, increased, and continued; for this cause our Sauiour Christ so often vrgeth the duty of repentance vpon the Churches in the Reuelation, Chapt. 2. and 3. signifying the continuance and daily renewing of it, though they had repented before; and great reason it should bee thus, because so long as wee liue, wee sinne daily; For there is not a iust man, that doth good, and sinneth not. Eccles. 7. 20. therefore wee must repent daily: so for Obedience, we must with the Philippians, alwayes obey, and still worke out our saluation with feare and trembling. Philipp. 2. 12. passing the whole time of our soiourning here in feare. 1. Pet. 1. 17. and [Page 189] finishing our sanctification in the feare of God. 2. Cor. 7. 1. And herein let this bee well obserued, that where any grace is begun, if it bee in truth, it is constant; if it fades away, it was neuer true; Therefore this was Pauls perswasion, Being confident of this very thing, that God who hath begun a good worke in vs, will performe or finish it, vntill the day of Iesus Christ. Philipp. 1. 6. Thus haue I shewed plainly, wherein the soundnesse of these graces consist; and that I may vse Pauls words, this is sound doctrine, Tit. 1. 9. both to exhort and conuince the gainesayers; Thus haue I spoken that which becomes sound doctrine. Tit. 2. 1. where wee are exhorted, to bee sound in faith, loue, patience, &c. verse 2. yea, this is sound speech that cannot be condemned. vers. 8.
Vse 2 Is it so, that the doing of Gods will consists in the practise of Faith, Repentance, & obedience, and in the soundnes of them? This then condemnes all those, that liue in the sinnes of vnbeleefe, impenitencie and disobedience, as rebels against God, and transgressours of his holy will; All such people must know their case is most fearefull and damnable, for as all such as liue in the former graces shall bee saued, being doers of Gods will. Matth. 7. 21. So al such as liue in these fore-named sinnes shall most certainely bee damned; Hee that beleeueth not, shall be damned. Mark. 16. 16. All those shall bee damned, that beleeue not the trueth, but haue pleasure in vnrighteousnesse; as 2. Thess. 2. 12. The vnbeleeuing shall haue their part in the lake, which burneth with fire and brimstone, [Page 191] which is the second death. Reuel. 21. 8. and they cannot enter into the heauenly rest because of vnbeleefe. Hebr. 3. 19. So for impenitency; Except yee repent yee shall all perish. Luk. 13. 3. 5. If the wicked turne not from his wickednesse, nor from his wicked way, he shall die in his iniquitie. Ezech. 3. 19. So for disobedience. The Apostle hauing reckoned vp diuers sinnes, from which hee dehorts, enforceth all his speech, by an argument drawne from the terrible iudgement of God vpon all such, saying, For these things sake, or because of these things, commeth the wrath of God vpon the children of disobedience. Ephes. 5. 3, 4, 5, 6. Christ shall come in flaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the Gospell of our Lord Iesus Christ, who shall bee punished with euerlasting perdition, [Page 192] &c. 2. Thess. 1. 7 8, 9. All which should mooue vs to hasten out of these sinnes, and not to flatter our selues in them as the wicked doe, and thinke all is well, when they are running the broad way to destruction; and indeede if we liue in these sinnes, and yet crie peace and safety then shall sudden destruction come vpon vs, as trauaile vpon a woman with childe, and wee shall not escape. 1. Thes. 5. 3.
Vse 3 If the will of God consist in the practise and soundnes of the former graces; Then this sheweth, that all ciuil honesty, and all outward shewes are nothing in the matter of saluation; many thinke because they liue a ciuill hone [...] life, doe no man wrong, follow their calling, and the like that all is well, but wee must know that these are but broken [Page 193] staues to trust vnto, they are good things in their kind, but not sufficient to saluation. These things, had Caine, and Iudas, and many an hypocrite in the world, who yet came short of saluation, because they wanted faith and repentance, ioyned with an holy life, by vertue whereof, a man goes beyond all hypocrites, in matters that concerne saluation; Indeed, the ciuill honest life, before men, is commenda [...]le, but this without faith and repentance, will neuer commend vs before God.
Vse 4 Seeing no grace is pleasing to God, but that which is sound, this must teach vs aboue all things, to looke to our hearts, that they be sound and right; for the heart is the seate of all grace, and a good man out of the good treasure of [Page 194] his heart, bringeth foorth good things, and so on the contrary, Math. 12. 35. Salomon counselleth vs to keepe our hearts with all diligence, for out of it are the issues of life, Prou. 4. 23. Many good things may be done, good in themselues, but not good in the doer, because the heart is wanting, or is vnsound; Marke what the Psalmist saith; shewing how farre men may goe, and yet be hypocrites, When God flew them, they then sought him; and they returned, and inquired early after God. And they remembred that God was their rocke, and the high God their Redeemer; Loe here, how many excellent good things were in these? A man would haue thought, nothing had beene wanting; but marke what followes; Neuerthelesse they did but flatter him with their mouth, and they lyed vnto him with their [Page 195] tongues; Now see what was the cause of all this, that for all the former good things, they were lyars and dissemblers? Because their heart was not right, and sound with God; neither were they fiedfast in his couenant, Psal. 78. 34. 35. 36. 37.
Vse 5 If the doing of Gods will, and the pleasing of him, consists in the former graces, this is an Item for common drunkards, whore-mongers, swearers, lyars and the like, that liue and trade in these sinnes, delighting & sporting themselues in them, (as Fooles make but a s [...]ort of sinne, Prou. 10. 23.) Let all such know, that howsoeuer they perswade themselues, in their owne conceit I say they haue no faith, nor any sauinggrace, whereby they can belieue or hope to be saued; For [Page 196] if those that haue had many good things, rare and excellent gifts, may liue and dye in a perswasion in their owne conceit to be saued, and yet be damned, Matth. 7 22. 23. how much more these customary sinners, that liue and dye in these sinnes, whose liues are nothing but a continuall disobeying of Gods will, and his word? What shall be the end of them that obey not the Gospell of God? 1 Pet. 4. 17. Where shall these vngodly and sinners appeare? Verse 18. They haue neither faith nor hope, nor any other sauing-grace, whereby to doe Gods will. For hee that belieueth, abideth not in such darkenesse of sinne, Iohn 12. 46 He that hopeth to be saued, purgeth himselfe from these sinnes, as God is pure, 1 Iohn 3. 3. Their end therefore is damnation, &c. Philip. 3. 19. Reade 2 Pet. 2. 2. 3. Heb. 6. 8.
Vse 6 Lastly, if the doing of Gods will, be the pleasing of God, and consisteth in the former graces of faith and repentance, This then shewes plainely, that all shall not be saued; for all haue not the grace of saith and repentance; neither can haue; They are the gifts of God, which hee bestoweth vpon whom hee listeth. For hee hath mercy on whom he will haue mercy, and whom hee will, hee hardeneth, Rom 9. 18. Therefore saith the Apostle, All men haue not faith, 2 Thes. 3. 2. meaning, the wicked, of whom hee there makes mention. Again, it is impossible that the wicked falling away, should be renued againe to repentance, Heb. 6. 6. Esau found no place of repentance, though he sought it carefully with teares, Heb. 12. 17. Many after their haranesse, and [Page 198] heart that cannot repent, treasure vp vnto themselues, wrath against the day of wrath, Rom. 2. 5. In all which it is more then manifest, that all haue not grace to do Gods will; & so al cannot be saued; All which should moue our hearts with feare and trembling, and rouze vs vp out of the dea [...] sleepe of sinne, and neuer t [...] be at quiet, till wee haue gotten some good measure o [...] faith and repentance, whereby we may please God; according to the Apostles counsell, Let vs haue grace, whereby wee may serue God acceptably, with reuerence and godly feare; For our God is a consuming fire, Heb. 12. 28. 29. proouing, if God at any time will giue vs repentance, to the acknowledging of the truth, &c. 2 Tim. 2. 25. 26. and as the Text here hath it, proouing what is pleasing to the Lord. And thus much be said [Page 199] of the obiect it selfe, what we must prooue or approoue, viz. what is pleasing or acceptable to the Lord.
Now for the better performance of this three-fold dutie enjoyned in the Text, obserue two things, 1. The Lets to bee remoued: 2. The Meanes and Helpes to be vsed. The Lets, which doe hinder vs from proouing, what is pleasing to the Lord, are these:
1 First, a liuing and continuing in our naturall estate, vnregenerate, and vnconuerted; for there is such an impotency in vs by nature, that wee neither doe, neither can prooue, know, or discerne, what is pleasing or displeasing to the Lord; nay, tell a naturall man of this dutie, and he accounts it but foolishnes, and foppery, too much nicenesse, and precisenesse, and [Page 200] so makes but a mocke of it. The naturall man perceiueth not the things of the spirit of God, for they are foolishnesse vnto him, neither can hee know them, for they are spiritually discerned, 1 Cor. 2. 14.
2 Secondly, Ignorance is a maine Let to this dutie; Thus, through ignorance, the Gentiles had their vnderstanding darkened, and were strangers from the life of God, and committed sinne with all greedinesse, whereby they wholly displeased the Lord, Ephes. 4. 18. 19. Ignorance, I meane, both meere and simple, carelesse, wilfull and affected, both of God, his word, and will reuealed.
3 Thirdly, a maine Let to this dutie, is, Hardnesse of heart; this is a cause of the former; Thus, the Gentiles had their vnderstanding darkened through their ignorance because of the blindenesse, or hardnesse of [Page 201] their heart, Ephes. 4. 18. Thus the more meanes God vsed, for the good of Pharaoh, (had he had the grace to haue made vse of them) the more hee hardened his heart, as we reade at large, Exod, God gaue Iesabell a space to repent, but shee repented not, Reuel. 2. 21. it was her hardnesse of heart that hindred her; so, Rom. 2. 5. and ler. 19. 15. They hardened their neckes, that they might not heare his words.
4 Fourthly; Vnregenerate wills; when as God in his word so often commandeth vs this three-sold dutie, vseth all the meanes that may be, especially, the Preaching of his Word, that God may iustly say, What could I haue done more for my Ʋineyard? and yet we will not; This is another maine let: It was the sinne of Ierusalem, as our S [...]uiour Christ saith, O Ierusalem, Ierusalem, [Page 202] which killest the Prephets, and stonest them which are sent vnto thee, how often would I haue gathered you together as a Henne gathereth her Chickens vnder her wings, and ye would not? Math. 23. 37. Thus saith the Lord, Stand ye in the waies, and see, and aske for the olde pathes, where is the good way, and walke therein, and yee shall finde rest for your soules; but they said, we will not walke therein; Also I set watch men ouer you saying, Hearken to the sound of the trumpet, but they said, wee will not hearken, Ier. 6. 16. 17.
5 Fiftly, Carnall Wisedome, or to be carnally minded; for such doe minde onely the things of the flesh; and to be carnally minded, is death; because the carnall minde is enmity against God, for it is not subiect to the Law of God, neither indeede can be; so then they that are in the [Page 203] flesh, cannot please God, Rom, 8. 5. 6. 7. 8.
6 Sixtly, Vnbeliefe; either not to belieue the truth of Gods word at all, or else, though wee belieue it to bee true in generall, yet wee cannot apply it to our selues in particular. It is not possible for such a man to profit by the word, or to please God. For vnto vs was the Gospell Preached, as well as vnto them; but the Word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it, Heb. 4. 2. And without faith it is impossible to please God, Heb. 11. 6. And whatsoeuer is not of faith, is sinne, Rom. 14. 23.
7 Seauenthly, Vnsanctified Affections, as pride, hatred, malice, and the like; al which doe hinder the word and the worke of Gods spirit in the heart, that they cannot possibly prooue or approoue [Page 204] what is pleasing to the Lord; Thus, through pride, or hatred, or both, Korah and his comp [...]ny, gathered themselues together against Moses and Aaron, and said vnto them, Yee take too much vpon you, Numb. 16. 1. 2. 3. And the like we haue in these daies, who so saucily speake against Gods Ministers, who goe about to teach them what is acceptable to the Lord, they thinke presently, we take too much vpon vs; against such, I may say, as Christ said, they are but dogs and swine, and if we cast pearles before them, or giue holy things vnto them, they will trample them vnder their feete, and turning againe all to rent vs, Math. 7. 6. Thus, when the good Prophet Micaiah, prophecied concerning Ahab, according to the word of the Lord, Ahab, (because hee hated him, 1 King. 22. 8.) commanded [Page 205] Micaiah to bee put into prison, and to be fed with bread and water of affliction. 1 King. 22. 27 Thus, pride in Korah, and hatred in Ahab, bred all this contention, and hindred them from proouing what is well-pleasing to God according as Salomon saith, Onely by pride commeth contention, Prou. 13. 10. Therefore, if wee would profit by the word, to learne from thence what is acceptable to God, wee must cast away, and lay aside all malice, and all guile and hypocrisies, and enuies, and euill speakings, and so, as new borne babes, desire the sincere milke of the word, that we may grow thereby, 1 Pet. 2. 1. 2. and as S. Iames saith; We must lay apart all filthinesse and superfluity of malitiousnesse, and receiue with meekenesse the engrafted word, Iam. 1. 21. For where such corrupt affections, as these, and the like, [Page 206] as enuie and strife are, there is confusion, and euery euill worke; This is not wisedome from aboue, but earthly, sen [...]uall, and diuellish, Iam. 3. 15. 16.
8 Eightly, Presumption, when we too much presume of the mercy of God; This hindreth a number from proouing what is pleasing to God; for either it makes men carelesse in performing what God commandeth, or secure in auoiding what hee forbiddeth; it makes men negligent in good duties, cold in religion; and hereby they either take occasion to sinne more freely, or to deferre and post off their repentance to the last, or else to liue and die in their sinnes without faith and repentance, (without which, there is no pleasing of God;) and lastly, it makes men cast off all care of doing good, and to contemne the meanes [Page 207] of their saluation; and all, because they presume too farre, that God is mercifull.
In a word, these are great Lets, to the proouing what is pleasing to God; first, Custome in sinne, Ier. 13. 23. The customary sinner cannot possibly (in regard of humane power,) doe any good; secondly, Pride and Ambition, Psal. 10. 4. The wicked, through the pride of his countenance, will not seeke after God; God is not in all his thoughts; thirdly, Loue of this world, with the pleasures, profits, and vaine delights thereof, 2 Tim. 3. 4. Wicked men are louers of pleasures, more than louers of God; Thus, 2 Tim. 4. 10. Demas forsooke Paul and fell away, hauing loued this present world: Saint Iames saith, Chap. 4. 4. The friendship of the world is enmitie with God; whosoeuer therfore will be a friend of the world, [Page 208] is the enemy of God. And Saint Iohn telleth vs plainely, 1 Ioh. 2. 15. If any man loue the world, the loue of the Father is not in him: fourthly, Bad Company; this we ought to shunne, as the poison and bane of our soules, if euer we would please God, and be [...]ccepted of him, Saint Bet. 2 Epist. at large describes the wicked, and amongst the rest, saith: They cannot cease from sinne, beguiling vnstable soules, Verse 14. and allure others through the lusts of the flesh, Verse 18. Beware, least ye being led away with the error of the wicked, fall from your own stedfastnesse, 2 Pet. 3. 17. Wherefore, saith the Lord, 2 Cor. 6. 17. 18. Come out from among them, and be ye seperate, and touch not the vncleane thing, and I will receiue you; and will be a Father vnto you, and ye shall be my Sonnes & Daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. [Page 209] Loe here, how wee may be receiued into Gods fauour, and be accepted of him, as his owne children, viz. by forsaking the company of wicked, vnbelieuing, Infidels, vnrighteous, idolaters, drunkards, whoremongers, and the like, of whom mention is made, Verse 14. &c. Therefore Paul hauing described the wicked, by sundry Titles, at large, 2 Tim. 3. giueth vs this Exhortation, From such, turne away, Verse 5. To these we may adde, 1. Selfe-loue, 2. Worldly Cares. 3. Hypocrisie. 4. Intemperancie. 5. Delight in any one sinne. 6. Carnall securitie. 7. Dominion of Sinne. 8. Contempt of Word & Sacraments. 9. Neglect of holy duties, and the like; By all which it is manifest in holy Scripture, that who so liueth in these, or any of them, cannot possibly [Page 210] prooue or approue what is acceptable or well pleasing to the Lord. Thus much of the Lets. Now of the Meanes and Helps which may further vs in the performance of this duty.
The Meanes and Helpes are these;
- either
-
- Outward.
- Inward.
1 First; The Outward Meanes is the Word of God, either read, or heard preached. Herein wee may see, whatsoeuer good duty is commanded, & whatsoeuer sin is forbidden; what we should do to please God, & what we should not doe to displease him. Here are dueties publike or priuate; both cōcerning God, our selues, or others. Here are sinnes forbidden, both against God, and man, either our selues or others; Sinnes of impiety against the first [Page 211] Table; of vncharitablenesse against the second. Sinnes reigning, sinnes lesse reigning. Sinnes of omission, of commission. Sinnes inward or outward. Sins in thought, word, or deede. Sinnes open, and secret, &c. Therefore, saith our Sauiour Christ; Search yee the Scriptures, for they are they which testifie of mee. Iohn 5. 39. Wherein when yee reade, yee may vnderstand. Ephes. 3. 4. To the Law, and to the testimony. Esa. 8. 20. Let the Word of God dwell in you plenteously in all wisedome, teaching and admonishing your selues. Coloss. 3. 16. Therefore I say to all, as the Prophet Esay; Seeke yee out the booke of the Lord, and reade. Esay 24. 16.
2 Secondly; Another Means is feruent, and effectuall prayer; this is very necessary and must concurre with the former, [Page 212] both before, and after reading, or hearing; for God giues the blessing vpon the Word, which blessing is obtained by prayer: This Dauid knew well, which made him pray so often, Lord teach mee thy way, Teach me thy statutes; Giue mee vnderstanding; Make mee to vnderstand the way of thy precepts. Teach mee good iudgement and knowledge? and the like, as wee reade often in the Psalme 25. and Psalme 86. and often Psalm. 119. and many other; Wee must know, that wee may bee enabled to see, and doe what is pleasing to God, and that wee may haue more and more vnderstanding in the wayes of godlinesse; and therefore wee must pray with Dauid, in the sence of our owne weakenesse, Open mine eyes, O Lord, that I may see the wonderfull things of thy [Page 213] Law. Psalm. 119. 18. If Dauid, so worthy a King, so great a Prophet, so wise, so learned, had neede to pray thus, much more then haue wee cause, who come farre short of him. Let vs therefore confesse our owne weaknesse, and bee resolued of the truth of Pauls words, that we know nothing as wee ought to know. 1. Corinth. 8. 2. and pray wee with Dauid heartily, Teach mee, O Lord, to doe the thing that pleaseth thee, to doe thy will. Psal. 143. 10.
3 Thirdly; Obedience to Gods will; This is a Meanes to know and discerne of what is pleasing to God; for by this obedience wee shall bee able to trie the Spirits, and iudge of rightly, whether it bee from God or man, which is taught vs, and so being Gods, to receiue it, [Page] and practise it. and so to doe Gods will. If any man will doe Gods will, hee shall know of the doctrine, whether it bee of God, &c. Iohn 7. 17.
Fourthly; The worthy receiuing of the Sacraments, especially the Lords Supper, is a great Meanes to please God, viz. when it is done with due preparation aforehand, and with all deserued praise and thankesgiuing to God, for the wonderfull worke of our Redemption; when it is done with vnderstanding, and knowledge of the mystery of Christ his Passion; when it is done in faith in Christ, repentance for sin, and in loue to God, and charitie towards men; Thus we doe performe an acceptable seruice, are confirmed in grace, and doe offer to God a sacrifice of righteousnesse, [Page] with which GOD is alwayes well pleased, as Dauid saith. The Lord is pleased with the sacrifices of righteousnesse. Psalm. 51. Who so offereth God prayse, glorifieth him. Psam. 50. 23. I will prayse the Name of God, and magnifie him with thanke [...]giuing; this also shall please the Lord. Psalm. 69. 30, 31.
Lastly; The Inward Meanes is the holy Spirit of God; which doth second, and make powerfull the word in our hearts, it helpeth our weakenesse, it enlightneth our vnderstanding, it sanctifieth our affections it regenerateth our wills, it reneweth our minds, it instructeth and teacheth vs the wayes of God, and guideth the whole man according to the will of God, whereas wee of our selues, are not able to thinke a good thought [Page 216] as of our selues. 2. Cornthi. 3. 5. Thus, the Spirit helpeth our infirmitie. Rom. 8. 26. The holy Ghost shall teach vs all things. Iohn 14. 26. Hee is the Spirit of trueth, and testifieth of Christ. Iohn 15. 26. This Spirit will guide vs into all trueth. Iohn 16. 13. Thus by the help and direction of God, Spirit, wee cannot but please God: And whereas wee cannot search into the deepe things of God, wee cannot of our selues know them or perceiue them; yet the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deepe things of God; The things of God knoweth no man but the Spirit of God, and the things of God are spiritually discerned. 1. Corinth. 2. 10, 11, 12, 15, 14. And thu [...] much of the Meanes; and of the second point in the Text, viz. the Obiect, what God would haue vs prooue, viz. what is acceptable or well pleasing [Page 217] to him. And I conclude with the words of Saint Paul, I will not cease to pray for you, and to desire that yee might bee filled with the knowledge of Gods will, in all wisedome, and spirituall vnderstanding, that yee may walke worthy of the Lord vnto all pleasing. Coloss. 1. 9, 10.
THE THIRD SERMON vpon this FIRST STEPPE.
HAuing spoken hitherto of the second point, viz. the Obiect, I proceede to the handling of two other points, by me propounded, fitly and necessarily offering themselues to our consideration; which are necessarily included in the Text, beeing a continued speech, and hauing relation to, and dependance on the 8. verse. The first, which is the third in order, concernes [Page 21] the persons, to whom this duetie belongs; id est, those which are light in the Lord, and children of the light. The fourth & last point, is the continuance of this duty, in the word Walke, proouing what is acceptable to the Lord.
Concerning the persons; Though it bee a dutie which all without exception ought to practise, and all should doe it, yet Saint Paul applies his speech only to the faithfull of Ephesus; Such as were blessed with all spirituall blessings in Christ, who were predestinate, elected, adopted, & accepted in Christ, &c. Cha. 1. at large: Such as were dead in sins & trespasses but now are quickned in Christ; Such as were farre off, but now are made neere by the blood of Christ; Such as were strangers from God, without God in the world, but now are reconciled, and are made fellow [Page 220] citizens with the Saints, and of the houshold of God, &c. Chapt. 2. and so through euery Chapter speaking of the faithfull, and beleeuers, and particularly in this Chapter, Yee were once darkenesse, but now are light in the Lord, walke as children of the light. verse 8. proouing, &c. The persons then, are the regenerate, and such as are conuerted; these must walke, proouing what is pleasing vnto God. And, First, greatest reason of all men haue these to seeke to please God; considering what great things GOD hath done for them; how he hath chosen them, adopted them, iustified, sanctified, and redeemed them; how hee hath pulled them out of their naturall estate, to become spirituall; how hee called them out of darknes into his marueilous light. All these, and the like, [Page 221] well considered, are so many motiues, to make them walke worthy of the Lord, vnto all pleasing. Thus the riches of Gods goodnesse leadeth them to repentance. Roman. 2. 4. if not, they shew themselues most vnthankefull to God or his great goodnesse, Walke therefore, proouing, &c.
2 Secondly; The Ʋnregenerate, and impenitent cannot possibly please God in any one thing; For their inward parts are very wickednesse; but God hath no pleasure in wickednesse. Psal. 5. 4, 9. Their heart is not right with God, therefore they doe but flatter, and lie, in all their best actions. Psal. 78. 34, 35, 36, 37. Againe, they are out of Christ, and so it is impossible they should please God; So Paul saith, They are without Christ, and without God in the world, hauing no [Page 222] hope. Ephes. 2. 12. Now none can please God, vnlesse hee bee in Christ; The Regenerate onely are in Christ, as Paul saith. Romans 8. 1, and 2. Corinth. 5. 17. Therefore they onely can please God. For that which is spoken of Christ himselfe, This is my beloued Sonne, in whom I am wel pleased. Matth. 3. 17. is truly verefied in all the members of Christ, being regenerate, that, though of themselues, and in themselues, they can doe nothing acceptable to God; yet God beholding them in and through Christ, cannot but bee well pleasing with them; ioyning the vse of all good Meanes on their part; Walke yee therefore, proouing, &c.
3 Thirdly; It is not onely right and meete, but also very necessary, that such as [Page 223] are regenerate, and borne anew, should leade their liues answerable, and walke in newnesse of life. It is meete, because GOD maketh vs good, wise, holy, sanctified, to this end, that wee should bring forth answerable fruits; Wee are created in Christ Iesus vnto good [...] Ephes. 2. 10. And [...]ee are redeemed to this end, to serue God in righteousnesse and helinesse. Luke 1 74, 75. It is also necessary, because it cannot otherwise bee, but that euery one shall doe such things as are sutable to his new estate and condition. Vnumquod (que) operatur secundum suam formam: Euery thing worketh according to his owne forme; as fire heateth; The Sunne shineth, inlighteneth, quickeneth, because it hath receiued such power of God; and so in all other things naturall; so it is as impossible [Page 224] for a man truely regenerate, and made light in the Lord, not to shew his light in words, manners, and whole life, as it is impossible for the Sunne not to shine. Yee therefore who are light in the Lord, walke as children of the light, proouing what is acceptable to the Lord.
4 Fourthly; Here is an Argument drawne from a comparison of their diuers estates, wherein they were, and now are, to mooue them to this duetie; as if the Apostle had said, Your very calling from the estate of darkenesse, wherein you were before conuersion, vnto the state of light after conuersion, requires this at your hands, that your liues should bee congruent, and agreeable to your present condition wherein yee now are; When ye were darkenesse, ye [Page 225] liued in darkenesse, and walked in darkenesse, not knowing what yee did, because darkenes had blinded your eyes. 1. Iohn 2. 11. And yee could not otherwise chuse; but now the case is altered, yee are light in the Lord: The night is past, the day is at hand, you must therfore cast off the workes of darkenesse, and put on the armour of light, and walke honestly as in the day, &c. Rom. 13. 12 13. Walke therefore as children of the light, proouing, &c.
From hence, that the Apostle directs his speech vnto the faithfull, regenerate, and already conuerted, exciting and stirring them vp to this spirituall walking, both in proouing what is pleasing to God, and in shunning the vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse, I obserue these Doctrines.
Doct. 1 First, I gather from hence, That no man out of th'estate of regeneration and conuersion, can possibly so leade his life, as acceptable or welpleasing to God; This Paul sheweth plainely, in vrging this duety vpon such as are conuerted to the faith, (without which it is impossible to please God. Hebr. 11. 6.) as knowing, and taking it for granted, that others cannot possibly know or discerne, or iudge of by experiēce, what is pleasing or displeasing to the Lord. This is confirmed by other places of Scripture. The wicked please not God, and are contrary vnto all men. 1. Thess. 2. 15. They that are in the flesh, cannot please God. Rom. 8. 8. The naturall man cannot perceiue the things of God. 1. Cor. 2. 14. And the reason is, because their vnderstanding is [Page 227] darkened through their ignorance. Ephes. 4. 18. Darkenesse hath blinded the eyes of their mindes. 2. Iohn 2. 11. They liue in impenitencie, and vnbeliefe, whereby they are so farre from poouing what is pleasing to God, as on the contrary, they treasure vp vnto themselues wrath against the day of wrath. Rom. 2. 5.
Againe, hee, on the other side that is truely conuerted, and regenerate by the Spirit of God vnto newnesse of life, is the onely man that can, and doth please God. For first, he is in Christ, in whom God is wel pleased with him. Secondly, it is sinne onely which displeaseth God, but hee that is borne of God, sinneth not, doth not commit sinne (that is, hee liueth not in sinne as the wicked, he delighteth not in sinne, sinneth not against conscience, and knowledge, [Page 228] of set purpose, wittingly, and wilfully giuing himselfe ouer as seruant to sinne, with full consent, and swinge of will) for his seede remaineth in him, neither can he (so) sinne, because hee is borne of God. 1. Iohn 3. 9. We know that whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not; but hee that is begotten of God, keepeth himselfe, and that euill one (that is, the deuill) toucheth him not. 1. Iohn 5. 18. Thirdly; The regenerate man is of God, and the childe of God, for hee that doth righteousnesse is borne of God. 1. Iohn 2. 29. and hee that loueth is borne of God. 1. Ioh. 4. 7. whereas, the vnregenerate doth not righteousnesse, neither loueth his brother, and so is not of God but a childe of the deuill. 1. Iohn 3. 10. Lastly; The regenerate hath the Spirit of God in him, dwelling in him, and ruling him, and so beeing led by the Spirit, he is [Page 229] the Sonne of God, Rom 8. 14. But, the wicked haue not the spirit, Iude, Epist. Verse 19. and so hauing not the spirit, are none of Gods, Rom. 8. 9. All which confirme this doctrine, that first a man must be regenerate and conuerted, and enlightened by Gods spirit, be light in the Lord, and a childe of light, before he can see what Gods will is, or prooue what is acceptable or pleasing to the Lord.
Vse. This teacheth vs aboue all things in the world, to labour for the grace of regeneration, and neuer to bee at quiet, till we finde by good experience, that wee haue our part in the same: A necessary grace it is, both in regard of this life, and the life to come. First, for this life, without it, we can bring forth no good fruits of an holy life, wee can doe no good worke, acceptable or pleasing [Page 230] to God. An euill tree cannot bring forth good fruit, Math. 7. 18. Therefore Paul saith, Wee are created in Christ Iesus vnto good workes, Ephes. 2. 10. where the Apostle sheweth, that good workes are done onely of them which are iustified, regenerated, and made new creatures in Christ: The person must first be good, before the worke can be so; The person iustifieth the worke, not the worke the person; and God respects not the worke, so much as the worker, whose person is iustified, and accepted as righteous in Christ. Secondly, Regeneration is needfull for the life to come; For flesh and bloud cannot inherite the Kingdome of God, 1 Cor. 15. 50. Except a man be borne of water, and of the spirit, hee cannot enter into the Kingdome of God, Iohn 3. 5. Consider this seriously.
And because it is so necessary, that euery one may rightly conceiue of it, and approoue it in himselfe, obserue it briefly in these particulars; First, whosoeuer thou art, approoue vnto thy selfe, thy Election; as Saint Peter saith, Make your calling and election sure, 2 Pet. 1. 10. For onely the Elect are regenerate; because, 1. they onely are called out of the world vnto Christ, effectually, and they onely iustified; now Iustification is neuer separated from regeneration. 2. onely the Elect are belieuers, Acts 13. 48. As many as were ordained to eternall life, belieued, Wherefore Saint Paul cals it the faith of the Elect, Tit. 1. 1. But onely belieuers are regenerate, Ergo. onely the Elect, 3. Onely the Elect are blessed in Christ with all spirituall blessings, Ephes. 31. 3. Regeneration is [Page 232] one of the maine spirituall blessings, Ergo. 4. Regeneration is necessary onely for such as enter into the Kingdome of heauen; But the Elect only enter into the kingdome of heauen, Ergo. From all which may be concluded, that those that can finde and feele themselues regenerate, haue in themselues a certainty of their Election, and an infallible testimony of their owne saluation.
2 Secondly, consider rightly, what must be regenerate, and renewed; some hold onely the inferious part, the body, but this is contrary to that, Be renewed in the spirit of your minde, Ephes. 4. 23. some from that saying, hold the contrary, onely the minde is to be renewed in this life, and the body at the resurrection; confirming their opinion from the words of GOD, and [Page 233] Dauid, I will take away the stony heart, and giue you an heart of flesh, Ezech. 36. Create in me a cleane heart, Psal. 51. where say they, mention is made onely of the heart; I answere; Regeneration, or Renouation, is begun in the minde, and the minde in the first place, and principally is regenerate; but to deny the body to be partaker of this present renouation in this life, is to goe expresly against holy Scripture, and is condemned by the experience, in holy men, and such as are regenerate. Our sauiour Christ saith, speaking of the whole man, Except a man be borne againe, Iohn 3. 5. Totus homo, quia totus Caro natus; whole man, because the whole is flesh borne. Secondly, Saint Paul saith, Our bodies are the temples of the holy Ghost, 1 Cor. 6. 19, but the holy Ghost [Page 234] dwelleth not in bodies vnregenerate or vnsanctified. Thirdly, our bodies are the members of Christ, 1 Cor. 6. 15. But if they be not capable of regeneration by the spirit, they cannot be called the members of Christ. Fourthly. Sanctification is Regeneration; [...]es are sanctified, 1 Thes. 4. Ergo Fiftly, Paul prayeth to God to sanctifie them wholy throughout, in soule, spirit and body, 1 Thes. 5. 23. Thus the whole man in this life is regenerate, yet but in part, not perfectly; the beginning being in the heart and minde, from whence the efficacy of the spirit is deriued into the body: for as out of an euill heart, proceede many prauities and euill things, which defile the body, Math. 15. So out of a good heart, proceede good workes of the spirit, for the good of the body, to keepe it pure, vndefiled, [Page 235] vnpoluted, honest, chast, temperate, &c. All which should teach vs, to haue a care, as well of the body, as the soule, that both be regenerate and sanctified; For Christ hath bought both body and soule, therefore we must glorifie him in both because they are both his, & Co [...]. 6. 19. 20. And hence I conclude, that in vaine doe they boast of the Renouation or Regeneration of the heart and minde, whose bodies doe abound with most abhominable wickednesses, as drunkennesse, surfeiting, adultery, fornication, vncleanenesse, filthy lusts, swearing, cursing, lying, slandering, backe-biting, murther, theft, and the like. Marke this well.
3 Thirdly, consider the Author of this grace; that is, God the Father, Sonne, and holy Ghost; it is with our Re-creation or Regeneration, as in our [Page 236] Creation, both from the whole Trinity, Opera Trinitatis ad extra sunt communia, i. e. The workes of the Trinity from without, or externall workes, are common to the whole Trinity. Thus Regeneration, is called, a creation, Ephes. 2. 10. and the Regenerate man is called, a new creature, Gal. 6. 15. 2 Cor. 5. 17. to teach vs that it is a diuine, no humane worke; from heauen, not from earth; As the Creation is from the Father, by the Sonne, in the holy Ghost; so, by way of excellency, Regeneration, is to be attributed to God the Father; and we are regenerate in Christ, Ephes. 2. 10. by the holy Ghost, Iohn 3. 5. Therefore Paul cals it the new man which is created after God, Ephes. 4. Yet so, as God requires meanes on our part, for the continuing and consummating of the same; [Page 237] Therefore Paul bids vs, bee renewed in the spirit of your minde. From all which, I gather three Conclusions: 1. That the Sonne, and holy Ghost regenerating, are true and very God, against Ariaus. 2. That all our saluation is freely of God, and his worke, not in our power or strength, against Pelagians. 3. that wee must earnestly begge it of God; Psal, 51. 10.
4 Fourthly, consider wherin Regeneration consisteth, the patterne of it, and the parts of it; 1. It consisteth in two things; the one is, the the deposition, or putting off the old man; the other is, the induition, or putting on the new man; both are two-fold; first, the putting off the old man of sinne; and the putting on of the righteousnesse of Christ; this is begun in this [Page 238] life, and perfected after death; of this Saint Paul speaketh, Ephes. 4. 22. 23. 24. That yee put off, concerning the former conuersation, the old man, which is corrupt according to the deceitfull lusts; and be renewed in the spirit of your minde; and that yee put on that new man, &c. Secondly the putting off the old man of mortality and the assuming or putting on immortality, and that glorinous resurrection to life eternall. This wee are with patience to hope and waite for; of which Saint Paul speaketh at large, in 1 Cor. 15. The body is sowne corruptible, &c. And as we haue borne the image of the earthy, so shall wee beare the image of the heauenly. But in the Doctrine of Regeneration, the former is properly meant. 2 The patterne of this grace, that is, Christ his righteousnesse and holinesse; [Page 239] this is the very idea of our spirituall and celestiall natiuity; in him it was most absolute and perfect; but in vs, in this life most imperfect; Thus, as Christ died, and rose againe for vs, so wee should die vnto sinne, and rise againe to newnesse of life, Rom. 6. Euery regenerate man will purge himselfe euen as Christ is pure, 1 Iohn 3. 3. as, in quality and conformity, but not as, in equality. There is a corruption of nature, the one which is sinne the other is the punishment of sinne; The punishment of sinne, Christ had, as infirmity of the flesh, imbecillity of nature, and death; this hee put off by his death, and put on the new, viz. glory of immortality in his resurrection; but we must put off both corruption of nature; Wee must alwaies haue our eyes bent vpon Christ, and labour to [Page 242] faction, here in this world, life is either lost, or kept, or saued; If then there be no place of repentance after this life, then none for regeneration; for what is repentance, but the change and renouation of the minde? To this purpose saith Christ, Worke while it is day, the night commeth, when no man can worke, Iohn 12. 35. and 9. 4. Vnlesse a man be regenerate (namely in this life) of water and the holy Ghost, hee cannot enter into the Kingdome of heauen. All which must teach vs, first, to looke about vs while we haue time; for, that counsell, to put off the old man, and put on the new, is not giuen to the dead, but liuing; this life is the onely time for this doctrine, not after death; secondly, it condemnes the Papisticall fable of Purgatorie fire, wherein they say, the soules of the [Page 243] dead, shall bee purged in another world, wheras the bloud of Christ is the onely purgation for sinne, 1. Iohn 1. 7. and Christ in this life doth sanctifie and cleanse his Church, &c. Ephes. 5. 25, 26.
6 Sixtly; Consider the Meanes, by which Regeneration is wrought: They are either Outward, or Inward, Outward, as, 1. the Word. 2. The Sacraments. 3. Ministers of the Word. Thus saith Christ; Now are ye cleane through the Word. Iohn 15. 3. So for the Sacraments, especially Baptisme. Christ doth sanctifie, and cleanse his Church with the washing of water, by the Word. Ephes. 5. 26. not outward Baptisme, but inward saueth, yet outward must be vsed, as a Sacrament, and signe of the inward. Baptisme saueth vs, (not the [Page 244] putting away of the filthinesse of the flesh, but the answere of a good conscience toward God.) 1. Pet. 3. 21. Thus it is called the Lauer of Regeneration: According to his mercie God saued vs by the washing of regeneration. Titus 3. 5. The Ministers of the Word also are Meanes, as Paul saith; I haue begotten you in Christ. 1. Corint. 4. 15. that is, Ministerially; The Inward Meanes are two. 1. The Spirit on Gods part. 2. Faith on our part. The nearest cause of Regeneration, is the power and efficacie of the Spirit, diffused into our hearts. Hee saued vs, by the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the holy Ghost. Tit. 3. 5. So wee reade of Faith; God purifieth our hearts by Faith. Act. 15. 9.
7 Seuenthly; Consider the end of Regeneration: The end [Page 245] is either Principall, or Subordinate. The chiefe end is, that such as are regenerate may reigne with Christ in heauen, without which none shall; For the fearefull, vnbeleeuing, and the abhominable, and murtherers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all lyars, shall haue their part in the lake that burneth with fire and brimstone, which is the second death. Reuel. 21. 8. And there shall in no wise enter into the holy Citie, any thing that defileth, neither whatsoeuer worketh abomination, or maketh a lie. vers. 27. For without the holy Citie are dogges, sorcerers, whoremongers, and whosoeuer loueth and maketh a lie. Reuel. 22. 15. Flesh and bloud (that is, being vncleane, and vnregenerate) cannot inherite the kingdome of God 1. Corinth. 15. 50. That which is borne of the flesh, is flesh; except a man be borne again, [Page 246] hee cannot enter into the kingdome of GOD. Ioh. 3. 5, 6. Thus in regard of our admissiō into Gods kingdome, this grace is most necessary; for none but iustified, sanctified and purged from sinne, and made new creatures shall enter thither; Therefore Saint Paul saith; Wee are saued by the washing of regeneration, &c. that being iustified by his grace, wee should bee made heires according to the hope of eternall life. Titus 3. 5, 6, 7. The other end is, that being made new creatures in Christ, we should leade a new life, and bring foorth the fruits of the Spirit, to labour to know God truely, to beleeue in him, to trust in him, to loue him, to serue him, to keepe his Commandements, to doe all things to his glory, and the edification of the Church, and our own good, that so at length wee [Page 247] may bee brought by the way of good workes into the kingdome of heauen. That being deliuered out of the han [...]s of our enemies, (viz. the world, flesh, sinne, and the deuill,) wee might serue God in righteousnesse and holinesse all the daies of our life. Luke 1. This end Paul noteth; Wee are regenerate in Christ Iesus vnto good workes, which God hath ordayned that wee should walke in them. Ephes. 2. 10. From all that hath been said concerning this grace of regeneration; wee may obserue a threefold Argument to enforce vs to labour for it. 1. The excellencie of it, because it makes vs like vnto Christ, and the image of God by it is restored in vs. 2. The profit of it; for by this wee may approoue our selues to be the children of God, that our sinnes are forgiuen vs, and [Page 248] that certaine is our saluation. 3. The necessitie of it; for without this grace, wee cannot be saued, as hath beene prooued at large; and all which reasons considered, haue forced mee to bee more large then vsually I am; neither could I content my selfe to speake a little, it being one maine grace, belonging to saluation.
Doct. 2 Whereas the Apostle directs his speech to such as were already enlightened, and conuerted, willing them to walke, proouing what is Gods will: Hence I gather, that euery godly mans life, must bee a growing and increasing in grace and godlinesse, dayly renewing their repentance for sinnes past, and resoluing against sinne for time to come. Their faith must increase, their repentance [Page 249] must be renewed, their knowledge must abound, their hope more established, their loue more enlarged, and all holy dueties more and more practised, and so the will of God more and more sought out, discerned, known and approoued. The life of a Christian must not bee idle; For Christ hath redeemed vs a peculiar people to himselfe, zealous of good workes. Titus 2. 14. that is, that wee should bee more and more studious of good workes; Though wee are regenerate and borne againe, wee must not stand at a stay in Christianitie, but as new borne babes, desire the sincere milke of the Word, to grow thereby. 1. Pet. 2. 2. Wee must grow in grace, and goe forward in the knowledge of our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ. 2. Pet. 3. 18. To this purpose Saint Peter telleth vs, That we are [Page 250] a chosen generation, a royall Priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people, which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God; which had not obtained mercy, but now haue obtayned mercy (and all to this end, not to liue idly, or as wee list) but to shew forth the prayses of God, who hath called vs out of darkenesse, into his marucilous light. 1. Pet. 2. 9, 10. according to this end, as the Text hath it, that once being darkenesse, and now made light in the Lord, we should walk as children of the light, proouing what is acceptable to the Lord.
Ʋse. This must teach vs all to examine our selues, whether wee haue increased in grace or not, which is the chiefest thing God lookes after, and without which wee cannot approoue our selues to bee children of light; and if wee finde by examination, that [Page 251] wee are no better now than last yeere, or many yeeres agone, then wee must earnestly bewayle this sinne, and pray with the Apostles, Lord increase our faith; and with the father of the possessed, Lord I beleeue, Lord helpe my vnbeleefe. And great reason is there of this growth in grace, because none but such shal enter in to the kingdome of heauen; but contrariwise shall bee adiudged to perpetuall torments in hell, as is most plaine in the parable of the talents, that hee that gaines nothing, is damned. Matth. 25. Therefore, whosoeuer will approoue himselfe a true member of Christ, and of his Church, let him not bee at quiet till hee can find in himselfe that hee is bettered in regard of his soule, and increased in godlinesse. For all the building fitly framed together [Page 252] in Christ, groweth vnto an holy Temple in the Lord. Ephes. 2. 21.
Whereas the Apostle willeth those which are light in Doctr. 3 the Lord, to walke, proouing what is Gods will: Hence I gather, that the life of a Christian must be answerable to his profession and new condition; as a man professes himselfe to bee light in the Lord, so hee must walke, that is, liue, as the child of light. This is an especiall note of a regenerate man, & the contrary, a marke of an hypocrite; who professeth hee knoweth God, but by his workes denie him. Tit. 1. 16. The Apostle hauing reckoned vp many commendable vertues, and excellent graces in the Philippians, concludeth in this manner; Forasmuch as all these things are in you, and you professe the [Page 253] Gospell, what remaineth? Onely let your conuersation bee as it becommeth the Gospell of Christ. Philipp. 1. 27. as if hee should haue said, all is nothing worth, vnlesse your conuersation bee correspondent, and sutable to your profession; So in the Text, wheras you are enlightned, you must not thinke to liue as you list, but your conuersation must shew what you are, Walke therefore proouing, &c. This must not bee an outward ciuill life onely, which may bee in a Heathen, and wicked man, such as was the life of the Scribes and Pharises; but a religious life, that bringeth foorth the fruits of godlinesse, and performeth the dueties of piety and religion.
Vse. This maketh against all such as bragge of their profession, [Page 254] knowledge, vnderstanding, and the like; and yet their liues doe abound with all manner of wickednesse; Their vnderstandings in some sort are enlightned, their iudgements are informed, and yet their liues and conuersations no whit reformed, but swarming with all manner of vice, as drunkennesse, whoredome, adultery, fornication, vncleannesse, pride, couetousnesse, swearing, lying, theft, murther, cruelty, oppression, malice, hypocrisie, and the like; Hee that liues in these, or but in any one of these, hath small cause, or none at all, to boast of his profession; yea further, bee it so that the world seeth not these in him, yet his life may bee most wicked, by liuing in secret sinnes, which who so doth, cannot bee said to [Page 255] leade his life according to his profession. Aboue all things therefore looke wee to our liues, both toward God and men, in publique and secret: The grace in the heart, will appeare in the actions of the life; and where a good life is not, the heart cannot bee good; and againe, in stead of walking and liuing in grace, such lewd liuers walke in sinne, because they liue in sinne. Coloss. 3. 7.
Lastly; From the persons here exhorted, wee must bee admonished, to take heede of a common sinne of this age, namely decay of grace; wheras a growth should appeare by our liues, wee grow worse and worse, many were better, and had more knowledge, zeale, loue, ioy, deuotion, and the like, many yeeres agoe, than now; which is a fearefull case; The Lord [Page 256] had somwhat against the Church of Ephesus for this decay because she had lost her first loue Reu. 2. 5. And surely, much hath God against a great number in these dayes, where iniquitie abounds, and the loue of many waxeth cold. Mat. 24. 12. Wee are lights, our light must shine before others. Matt. 5. 16. But it is a great signe of a great blemish in vs, and that light is going out, when the graces of God decay in vs: This is one maine cause, why Paul stirreth vp the Ephesians, already conuerted, to walke thus and thus, namely, to put them in minde to keepe and preserue the former graces committed vnto them, and not to suffer them to decay. In a word, this exhortation to walke as children of light, condemneth the customary walking in darkenesse, darkenes I say, of ignorance, blindnesse, [Page 257] errrour, and of grosse sinnes, going on still in wickednesse, and not knowing what they doe, because darkenesse hath blinded their eyes. 1. Iohn 2. Hauing their vnderstanding darkened, through their ignorance, because of blindnesse of their heart. Ephes. 4. 18. Therefore, as Paul saith, The night is farre spent, the day is at hand, let vs therefore cast off the workes of darkenesse, and let vs put on the armour of light. Rom. 13. 12.
Doct. 4 If this bee a property of a childe of light, one that is regenerated, to walke proouing what is pleasing to God, then, To liue in a course displeasing to God, is a manifest signe of an vnregenerate man, and one that is yet in darkenesse. This Saint Paul confirmeth, setting it as a brand vpon the wicked, They please not God, [Page 258] and are contrary vnto all men. 1. Thess. 2. 15.
Vse. This teacheth, As to put a difference betweene the wicked and the godly, the children of darkenesse, and children of light; So to take heede and beware of all sinne whatsoeuer, whereby we doe displease God, and not to harbour any one sinne in vs; For it is sinne which displeaseth God, as Dauid saith, Thou art not a God that hast pleasure in wickednesse, neither shall euill dwell with thee; thou hatest all workers of iniquitie. Psalm. 5. 4, 5. for such as displease God, shall haue the displeasure of God, both in soule and body, here and hereafter. And thus much be said of the third point, concerning the persons to whom Paul speaketh, viz. Children of light, walke, proouing what is acceptable [Page 259] or well-pleasing to the Lord.
4 The fourth and last point in this first Steppe, is the continuance of it; as the words haue relation to the word Walke, in 8. Verse. Walke, proouing what is acceptable to the Lord; By walking, as I haue shewed at large in the beginning, is meant, liuing; a speech borrowed from trauellers, signifying to liue, or to hold on a course of life, to leade our liues thus and thus, either in the generall duties of Christianity; or in some particular calling. Thus, this word Walke, is taken either in good sence, or bad. In good sence; as 2 Cor. 5. 7. We walke by saith; is all one with Gal. 3. 11. The iust shall liue by faith. In a bad sence; as the Colossians are said to walke in sinnes, that is, to liue in sinne; In which yee also [Page 260] walked sometime, when yee liued in them, Colos. 3. 7. Many are the places, to prooue this truth, Gal. 5. 16. Walke in the spirit, that is, Order your liues according to the direction & motion of Gods spirit. So Gal. 5. 25. If wee liue in the spirit, let vs walke in the spirit; where liuing and walking are ioyned together; shewing, that the spirit is not an idle spirit in any, but it will manifest it selfe in a well-ordered conuersation. Againe, that which Paul calleth, Walking after the flesh, Rom. 8. 1. hee calleth, liuing after the flesh, verse 13. This being more then plaine, sundry Doctrines are hence to be gathered.
Doctr. 1 First. That being conuerted, the whole course of our liues must be a study and endeauour to search, know, approue and practise the will of [Page 261] God, proouing what is pleasing to the Lord; for so the word, Walke, includes the whole life of man, especially after conuersion; agreeable to that of Zachary, We must serue God in righteousnesse, and holinesse, before him, all the dayes of our liues, Luke 1. 74. 75. Thus did Dauid; Hee turned not aside from any thing that God commanded him all the daies of his life, &c. 1 King. 5. 15. This was the accustomed practise of good King Hezek [...]ah, that made him appeale to God with a cleare conscience; saying, I haue walked before thee O Lord in truth, and with a perfect heart; and I haue done that which is good in thy sight, 2 King. 20. 3. not speaking in the present tense, or future tense, but in time past, saying, I haue liued thus and thus, through the whole course of my life, to this time of my [Page 262] death. And thus did Zacharias and Elizabeth, Luke 1. All which must bee vnderstood of their vpright endeauour, and purpose of heart so to liue, and not of perfection of life.
Vse 1 Here then is a true Rule, whereby to try our Conuersion; Art thou conuerted? then thou hast a full purpose of heart not to sinne, but all thy studie, endeauour, ioy▪ and delight, will be, (in the whole man, in all thy thoughts, words, & workes,) to doe onely that which may please God. Art thou conuerted? Art thou freed from sin, and become seruant to God? Then thou hast thy fruit vnto holinesse, and the end euerlasting life, Rom. 6. 22. But on the contrary; if thy life be wicked, and conuersation disordered, boast not of thy conuersion, [Page 263] yea, though thou liuest but in one sinne, and purpose so to doe; thou mayst bee dead in sinne, but not dead to sinne; For a conuerted sinner, dead to sinne, cannot liue any longer therin, Rom. 6. 2. Hee can neither indure sinne in himselfe, nor others.
Vse 2 Must our whole life bee such as may please God? This then condemnes all such as liues vitiously all their life time, spending all their time in sinne, pleasure, and vanity, neuer regarding to please God, but wholly taking pleasure in vnrighteousnesse, in stead of spending their time in the seruice and feare of God, they wholly mispend it to the worship and seruice of the Diuell; Oh how can such men approoue their conuersion? yea rather, they giue euident proofe and testimony, of their [Page 264] owne damnation, without speedy repentance; for the childe of God truely conuerted, walketh; i. e. liueth so, as vsing all good meanes to please God; not in some part, but in the whole course of his life.
Vse 5 This condemnes the practise of all such, as deferre doing of good, putting it from time to time, from youth to middle-age, from middle-age to old-age, from old-age, to death; Thus being deluded by the cunnin [...] and subtilty of the Diuell, perswade themselues that there is no such neede to beginne so soone to walke in Gods waies, liuing by faith, in repentance and new obedience, but it is enough for them to enter into that path at the houre of death, and not in the course of their life; They thinke if [Page 265] they can say, Lord haue mercy on mee, at the last gaspe, they shall goe to heauen; whereas it hath beene prooued that a man may dye with those words in his mouth, and yet goe to hell, if he haue not in his life done Gods will, Math. 7. 22. Let no man plead here the example of the Theefe, who repented at last; it was extraordinary; and it was one, that none should despaire; it was but one, that none should presume; and though it be true, repentance is neuer too late, yet late repentance is seldome true; God promiseth forgiuenesse to repenting sinners, but we finde not in all the booke of God, that he hath promised repentance to euery sinner to repent when he list; wee must not thinke to die the death of the righteous, vnlesse we liue the life of the righteous; God [Page 266] hath giuen vs our life as a space to repent in, Reuel. 2. 21. that the whole course of our life might be spent to his glory, and not to post it off to death; againe, wee haue no warrant, that God will giue vs grace at death.
Vse 4 This must teach vs aboue all things, to looke that our liues bee sutable to the Gospell, and answerable to Gods will reuealed therein; So shall we be sure they shall be wellpleasing to God. Onely then let your conuersation be as it becommeth the Gospell of Christ, Philip. 1. 27. Let vs in our whole life, bring foorth fruits meete for repentance, Math. 3. i. e. workes of mercy, charity, piety. Let vs liue godly, righteously, and soberly in this present world, Tit. 2. 12. godly, in regard of God; righteously, in regard of others; soberly, [Page 267] in regard of our selues. In a word: Let vs passe the whole time of our soiourning here, in feare, 1 Pet. 1. 17. Thus wee shall approoue our conuersion, and walke so as pleasing God.
Doct. 2 Hence I gather the Doctrine of constancy and perse uerance in knowing and doing the will of GOD, and what is pleasing to him; for so much the word Walke, imports,; and the exhortation of the Apostle to the conuerted Ephesians, is to no other end, but to teach them and vs, that it is not sufficient to begin to know Gods will, and make some good proceedings, but to labour to hold on their whole course of their lise, in doing Gods will, to hold out constant vnto the end, and in the end, working out their owne saluation with feare and [Page 268] trembling, Philip. 2. 12. This perseuerance is the onely thing which obtaines the Crowne; and the want of it procures the curse of God; both in this life, at the end of this life, and after this life, as will appeare by these places of holy Scripture. He that shal endure vnto the end, shall be saued, Math. 24. 13. God will render to euery man according to his workes; eternall life to those that by patient continuance in well-doing, seeke for glory; &c. Rom. 2. 6. 7. Be thou faithfull vnto the death, and I will giue thee a crowne of life, Reuel. 2. 10. and many such like places; shewing, that life eternall, and saluation, belongs to none, but those that walke, that is, liue in a constant course of well-doing, with perseuerance and continuance in doing what is pleasing to God. On the contrary, [Page 269] it is written; Cursed is euery one that continueth not in all things, written in the booke of the law to doe them, Gal. 3. 10. if a man could doe the law, if he could doe all things in the law, yet if he did not continue in so doing, by the sentence of the law, hee is accursed. This the Apostle knew well, and therefore though these Ephesians were already conuerted, and attained to great knowledge of God, yet still hee stirreth them vp to constancy and perseuerance, saying, Wake—proouing what is pleasing to God.
Vse. Labour then aboue all things for this grace of perseuerance; hast thou entred into the profession of religion, of Christ, and of his Gospell? hast thou made good beginnings, and shewed thy selfe in some measure sound [Page 270] and sincere in obeying Gods will? Goe on then, in the name of God, be constant; be stedf [...]st, & vnmooueable, alwaies ab [...]ing in the worke of the Lord, 1 Cor. 15. 58. As yee haue [...]aies obeyed, so make an end of your owne saluation, Philip. 2. 12. Finish your sanctification in the feare of God, 2 Cor. 7. 1. Oh remember, that there is no pleasing of God, nor hope of glory in the life to come without perseuerance in obeying Gods will; therefore Saint Paul ioynes both together, saying, Walkeproouing what is pleasing to God. There is no way to please G [...]d, but by faith. Without [...] imp [...]ssible to pl [...]ase [...]od. H [...]b. 11. 6. but it is not the beginnings of faith, but the soundnesse, appearing in pers [...]rance [...]n the faith; If then thou wouldest know certainly, that God is reconciled [Page 271] vnto thee; that Christ died for thee; that thy sinnes are forgiuen thee; and that thou shalt appeare blamelesse before God at the latter day; then labour for perseuerance. Marke what Saint Paul saith most notably for this purpose. You that a ere sometimes alienated, and enemies in your mindes, by wicked workes, yet now Christ hath reconciled; in the body of his flesh through death, to present you holy and vnblameable, and vnreprooueable in his sight, if ye continue in the faith grounded, and setled, and bee not mooued away from the hope of the Gospell, &c. Colos. 1. 21. 22. 23. Loe here, the maine thing of all, that shall be crowned; is perseuerance in the faith; Be therefore constant, be stedfast in the faith, 1 Pet. 5. 9. Watch ye, stand fast in the faith, 1 Cor. 16. 15. Beware, lest being led away with the error [Page 272] of the wicked, yee fall from your owne stedfastnesse. 2. Pet. 3. 17. Thus if yee continue vnto the end, yee shall in the end, receiue the end of your faith, euen the saluation of your soules. 1. Pet. 1. 9.
Vse 2 If this bee a true property of a childe of light, to perseuere, this then condemneth all such as haue made good beginnings of an holy profession, and giuen great hopes, & made great shews of godlinesse, and yet haue reuolted, and started aside, and returned to their former vomit, and wallowed in the mire of their former sinnes; neglecting, or altogether giuing ouer that good course, in which sometime they seemed to bee deuout; They had wont to bee very forward in hearing the word, but now little or no whit regarding it; They [Page 273] vsed to pray often with their families, but now all is forgotten, and layd aside; They had wont to bee bountifull, and liberall to the poore, doing good to all, specially to the houshold of faith, but now their loue is waxen cold, not a good worke comes from them; It hath beene meate and drinke vnto them, to doe Gods will in some measure, but now they count it too much precisenesse and nicenesse, to bee occupied about the exercises of religion; The time was when with the Galathians, they would haue pluckt out their owne eyes to doe Paul good, but now, with the Church of Ephesus, they haue lost their first loue, both to God, his Ministers, his Word, and to their brethren; They hold with Paul, as Demas, for a time, and afterwards fall to [Page 274] imbracing this present euill world. Thus they begin in the spirit, but end in the flesh, they giue euident testimenie that they are children of darkenesse, whereas they should walke, that is, continue and perseuere in proouing what is pleasing to God.
Vse 3 Let this stirre vs vp to be earnest suiters, by prayer, to Almighty God, for this excellent grace of perseuerance; for, God knowes, it is not in our power to stand on minute, without the assisting grace of God; it is God who giueth grace, by which grace wee are made both willing and able, both to doe, and to perseuere in well-doing; Therefore Paul exhorting the Philippians to perseuerance, Worke out your owne saluation, with feare and trembling. Phil. 2. 12. presently hee addeth, [Page 275] verse 13. for it is God, which worketh in you both the will and deede. God onely is both willing and able to make vs perseuere; without him wee can dee nothing. Iohn 15. 5. It is hee that begins a good worke in vs, and will performe or finish the same vntill the day of Iesus Christ. Philipp. 1. 6. Such is the constant immutabilitie of God, who maketh an end of euery good worke which hee beginneth; now GOD worketh not onely an holy will and desire to perseuere, but a reall and constant persisting in grace to the end; and howsoeuer a man may not feele at all times this reall continuance, yet GOD accepts the will and desire to perseuere; pray therefore to God both for will and deed; as, Epaphras alwayes laboured feruently in prayers, for the Colossians, that they might stand [Page 276] perfect, and complete in all the will of God. Coloss. 4. 12.
Ʋse. 4 Lastly; This puts vs in minde of a former duetie, which can neuer bee vrged enough, namely, not to stand at a stay in Christianitie, or to goe backeward, but to goe on, and make good progresse; not to bee weary in well-doing; not to know, vnderstand, discourse of, commend, and like of what is pleasing to God, but to practise it, not to bee talkers, but Walkers in such a course as may best please God: as the Text saith, Walke, prouing what is pleasing to God: But of this I haue spoken at large. Onely, I will answere a question or two, and so conclude.
Quest. 1 To what purpose is this, and the like exhortations, to those which are the children [Page 277] of light, and light in the Lord, who cannot chuse but so walke? as the Sunne cannot chuse but shine, and the fire cannot but heat; it may seeme these exhortations are needlesse and superfluous.
Answ. 1 First, I answere with Saint Augustine, that these exhortations are not vaine, but by these (by Gods ordinance) the grace of God is promoted, and more and more stirred vp in vs, increased, and preserued; as by the preaching of the Gospel, faith is stirred vp in the hearts of the Elect, and by the same preaching, this faith being thus excited, is promoted, inlarged, and increased.
Answ. 2 Secondly; This Apostolical exhortation is not vaine, because it is God who speaketh by his Apostle, and other Ministers, to teach men, that [Page 278] howsoeuer it bee true, that such as are the children of light, cannot but so walke, yet hee would haue vs to vse the meanes; as to heare God speaking by his Ministers, and so to suffer the words of exhortation.
Answ. 3 Thirdly, I answere; Thogh wee are light in the Lord, yet not perfect light; wee haue onely the first fruits of the Spirit, and much darkenesse remaines in vs, by reason whereof, we are many times stirred vp to doe the workes of darkenesse; therefore for that darkenesse that remaines in vs, these exhortations are needfull.
Answ. 4 Fourthly; So long as wee liue in this world, we are mutable, in constant, and changeable; and therefore this exhortation is needfull, that we may abide and continue in the light, not vnfitly or superfluously [Page 279] then doth the Apostle exhort here, saying, Walke as children of the light, proouing what is pleasing to the Lord.
Quest. 2 Whether may wee seeke to please men? because the Text saith, Wee must prooue what is pleasing to God? And Paul seemes to bee contrary vnto himselfe. For, Galath. 1. 10. hee saith, Doe I seeke to please men? for if I yet pleased men I should not bee the seruant of Christ; and yet hee saith, 1. Cor. 10. 33. I please all men in all things.
Answ. I answere. In the place alleadged, Galat. 1. 10. hee meaneth if he should make it the scope of his ministery, to frame his doctrine and speech so, as to please the affections and humors of men, more then to seeke Gods glory and please him, then hee should [Page 280] not bee Christs seruant; But yet, in that which is good, and for the good of men; wee may and must please men. So Paul meaneth in the place alleadged, 1. Corinth. 10. 33. I please all men, in all things, not seeking mine owne profit, but the profit of many, that they may be saued; And as Paul saith excellently else-where, Rom. 15. 2. Let euery one of vs please his neighbour, for his good, to edisication.
THE SECOND STEPPE, and fourth SERMON.
HItherto I haue spoken of the First Steppe of the Christian mans Walke: Now in order out of these words, I obserue the Second, and Third Steppes. The first, in these words, And haue no [Page 282] fellowship with the vnfruitfull workes of darknesse: The other in these, But reprooue them rather. To speake of the first, wee must not sleightly passe ouer this word (And.) Which word shewes the connexion of this Verse with the former; The Apostle hauing in the former wordes exhorted, to prooue what is pleasing to God, in this Verse doth presently dehort vs from hauing fellowship with sinne; ioyning both together as inseparable; for, as hee that will please God, must not liue in sinne; so, hee that communicates with sinne, and sinners, cannot please GOD. Therefore, (as if the Apostle should say) as I would haue you spend your whole life in proouing what is Gods will, so I would haue you abstaine from sinne, and not onely your personall sinnes, but to [Page 283] haue a speciall care, that you partake not with other men in their sinnes; nor bee accessary vnto them; for if yee doe, you cannot in any case doe that which is acceptable or well-pleasing to God.
Hence by the way I obserue Obser. thus much; That, liuing in sinne, and pleasing of God, cannot stand together; Sinne is the onely cause of displeasing of God; and wee cannot serue two masters; wee cannot serue God & Mammon; wee cannot serue God and the World, God and the Flesh, God and the Deuill, God and Sinne: If we obey sin, taking our delight therein, making a sport of sinne. making it ou [...] pleasure, wee are seruants or sinne, and not of God, wee doe the will of the Deuill, and not of GOD. Know yee not, (saith the Apostle) [Page 284] that to whom yee yeeld your selues seruants to obey, his seruants yee are, to whom yee obey, whether of sinne vnto death, or of obedience vnto righteousnesse? Rom. 6. 16. Notable for this purpose is that of the Apostle else-where. 2. Cor. 6. 14, 15, 16, 17. Bee not vnequally yoked together with vnbeleeuers; for what fellowship hath righteousnesse with vnrighteousnes? and what communion hath light with darkenesse? or what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath a beleeuer with an infidel? and what agreement hath the Temple of God with idoles? &c. Wherefore, come out from among them, and bee yee separate, saith the Lord, and touch no vncleane thing, &c. according to our Text, Prcoue what is pleasing to God, and haue no fellowship with the vnfruitfull workes of darknesse: for it is impossible both [Page 285] should stand together. This Saint Iohn affirmeth, saying, If wee say, that wee haue fellowship with God and walke in darknesse, wee lie, and doe not the trueth. 1. Iohn 1. 6. whence it is most plaine, that such as haue fellowship with the workes of darknesse, practising them, liuing in them, and running headlong into them, with out feare, or conscience, (for so much is meant by walking in darkenesse) such I say, cannot in any case haue any fellowship with God, nor approoue themselues the children of light; Saint Paul againe to this purpose thus speaketh; I would not, that yee (speaking to the faithfull of Corinth) should haue fellowship with deuils. Yee cannot drinke the cup of the Lord, and the cup of deuils, yee cannot be partakers of the Lords Table, and the table of deuils. [Page 286] 1. Cor. 10. 20, 21. So long as we are the seruants of sinne, we are free from righteousnesse; but being made free from sinne, wee become seruants to God, &c. Rom. 6. 20, 22. All which confirmeth the truth of this doctrine; That liuing in sinne, and pleasing of God, cannot stand together, no more than light and darknesse can agree together.
Vse. This teacheth vs to renounce all sinne whatsoeuer; to cast off the workes of darkenesse. Rom. 13. 12. to repent of all sinne, to make conscience of euery sin, to shun all the occasions of sin, to hate, abhorre, detest, especially to leaue and forsake euery sinne, and not to haue the least societie or communion with sinne; nor to liue in any one knowne sinne; for wee see here that any one worke of darknesse wil hinder vs from [Page 287] proouing what is pleasing to God; Wee must resemble our heauenly Father in this point; wee professe him to bee our Father, and to haue communion with him; yea, as Saint Iohn saith, Truely our fellowship (speaking of the faithfull) is with the Father, and with his Sonne Iesus Christ. 1. Iohn 1. 3. But God is light, and in him is no darknes at all. Ver. 5. Euen so we, who are light in the Lord, and children of the light, should walke in the light, as he is in the light, that we may haue fellowship with God and his children. Vers. 7. Wee must purge and purifie our selues, euen as God is pure. (in qualitie, not equalitie.) 1. Iohn 3. 3. that there may bee no darkenesse in vs at all, no one sinne remaining in vs in regard of dominion; It is the nature and propertie of light, to expell darkenesse; So should [Page 288] wee which are made light in the Lord, labour to abandon all and euery sinne; and not to giue willingly the least occasion of scandall, but to abstaine from the very appearance of euill. 1. Thessal. 5. 22. Hee that loueth his brother, abideth in the light, and there is no occasion of stumbling in him. 1. Ioh. 2. 10. Thus if we wil approue our selues to bee light in the Lord, we must walk as children of the light, and haue no fellowship with the vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse. Thus much of the Connexion of the words, from the word, And.]
Haue no fellowship with the vnfruitfull workes of darknesse.] These words hauing relation to the 8. Verse, containe in them the Second Steppe of the Christian mans walke; alluding to a second propertie of the Sunne. As the Sunne shineth [Page 289] vpon all things, good and bad, euen the most filthy things, neither can it bee otherwise; yet is not infectedwith, nor partaker-of any impuritie in those things; So, we who are children of light, cannot chuse but liue amongst wicked men in this world, (for if wee looke to haue it otherwise, wee must goe out of this world. 1. Corinth. 5. 10.) yet we must not communicate with the wicked mens workes, nor bee infected with their sinnes; In some sort, in some case wee may, yea, we shall, doe what wee can, communicate with wicked men themselues, who are darknesse; but in no case must wee haue fellowship with their sinnes, and sinfull actions, being vnfruitfull workes of darknes: according to the former speech of the Apostle, Vers. 7. Be not therefore partakers with [Page 290] them; meaning, with the children of disobedience in the sinnes aforenamed, for which things sake, the wrath of God commeth vpon them, verse 6. But as it is, Reuel. 18. 4. Come out of her, my people, that yee bee not partakers of her sinnes, and that yet receiue not of her plagues.
In the words, I obserue two points. 1. A Dehortation. 2. The reasons of the Dehortation. The Dehortation in these words; Haue no fellowship with [...]; that is, do [...] not commu [...]ate with sinne, and sinfull a [...]tions of these times, which wee shall see to bee in others. The Reasons are two. 1. Because all sinnes are vnfruitfull. 2. Because they are all workes of darkenesse. Haue therefore no fellowship with these vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse. First, of the Dehortation.
Haue no fellowship.] The Greeke word is, [...], N [...] communionem habeatis, or, ne communicetis, id est, Doe not communicate, doe not partake, or, be not accessary-vnto; haue not the least commerce, communion, societie or fellowship with the wicked workes and sinfull actions, which we shall see to be in wicked men; but shun them, auoid them, and all the occasions of them, and take heede of the company of wicked and vngodly men; for beeing infected with their euill workes; according to that, 1. Timoth. 5. 22. [...], id est, neither bee partaker of other mens sinnes. It is an argument drawen from their estate wherein they are, from that which once they were; their vocation and calling out of darkenesse, into this marueilous light. 1. Peter 2. 9. requires this, that being once darkenesse, [Page 292] now made light in the Lord, they must know it was to this end, that they should haue fellowship with the light, and not with workes of darkenesse; For it is neither suitable to their new condition, nor meet for them, nor yet beseeming God, in whom they are made light, that they should bee occupied in the workes of darkenesse, or haue the least fellowship with them; Nay, it is impossible it should bee so; for, what communion hath light with darknesse? 2. Corint. 6. 14. as if hee should say, There neither is, nor can bee any communion betweene them. As yee will then approoue your selues to walke as children of light, see to it, that you doe not in any case communicate with, nor bee partakers of other mens sinnes; Bee not any way accessary to them, haue not the least fellowship with them, [Page 293] yea, haue nothing at all to doe with them; And this for the meaning of the word.
Doctr. 1 Hence I gather, that whosoeuer is conuersant with the wicked, and is companion of vnholy and vngodly persons, cannot walke vprightly, and vncorruptly; A man cannot touch pitch, but hee shall be defiled; He that walketh among thornes, must needes be pricked; and Salomon telleth vs, Thornes and snares are in the house of the wicked, Prou. 22. 5. Can a man take fire in his bosome, and his cloathes not be burnt? Can one goe vpon hot coales, and his feete not be burnt? Prou. 6. 27. 28. A companion of fooles shall be destroyed, Pro. 13. 20. A man cannot possibly company with such, but hee shall be corrupted; So many vices, so many infections; yea, the wicked [Page 294] man doth neuer rest till he hath wrought some mischiefe; Frowardnesse is in his heart, he deuiseth mischiefe continually, he soweth discord, Prou. 6. 14. Wicked men sleepe not except they haue done mischiefe; & their sleepe is taken away vnlesse they cause some to fall, Prou. 4. 16. Nay, it is a signe of a bad man to keepe company with wicked men; for like will to like; and therefore Salomon saith; A naughty person, a wicked man, walketh with a froward man, Prou. 6. 12. And all this tends to confirme this doctrine, according to the meaning of the Apostle, hee that hath fellowship with such, and doth familiarly conuerse with them, cannot be innocent, neither can they walke as children of the light. Desire not therefore to be with euill men, Prou. 24 1.
Vse. 1 Teaching all Christians to take heede, and beware of bad company, as being the bane of the land, and the poison of the soule; Do est thou know a man, to be a whoremaster, a drunkard, an adulterer, sornicatour, vncleane person, couetous, idolater, swearer, balsphemer, lyar, slauderer, theefe, murtherer, and the like; Know, that for th [...]se things sake, the wrath of God commeth vpon the children of disobedience: Be ye not therefore partakers with them, Ephes. 5. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. The Apostle reck [...]ns vp diuers sinnes, which shal be in the last daies, and perillous times; Men shall be louers of themselues, couetous, proud, boasters, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, vnthankefull, vnholy; without naturall affection, truce-breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traytours, [Page 296] heady, high-minded, lon [...]rs of pleasures more then louers of God, hauing a forme of godlinesse, but denying the power thereof; and then concludes, From such turne away, 2 Tim. 3. 1, 2. 3, 4, 5. It is Salomons counsell; My sonne, walke not thou in the way with wicked men, refraine thy foote from their path, Prou. 1. 15. Enter not into the path of the wicked, and goe not in the way of euill men, auoid it, passe by it, turne from it, and passe away, Prou. 4. 14. 15. Keepe not company with drunkards, Be not amongst wine-bibbers; amongst riotons caters of flesh, Prou. 23. 20. Knowing this, and laying it to heart, that thou neither doest, nor canst liue vnreprooueable, and inoffensiue, neither before God nor men, so long as thou art a companion of such. If thou bees [...] a wise man thou wilt foresee this [Page 297] euill, Prou. 22. 3.
Doct. 2 Whereas the Apostle saith, Haue no fellowship, &c. Hence I obserue, That sinning by communion, is no lesse displeasing to God, and disagreeable to his will, then sinnes of commission; for the Apostle exhorting to vpright walking, to know and doe Gods will, doth not so much disswade from committing of sinne; as communicating with sinne; herein teaching vs that it is not sufficient to absteine from the committing of personall sinnes actually in our selues, but to auoid the least society or fellowship, in being accessary to the sins of others; for hee is as guilty that communicateth with sinne, as he that commits the sinne. Saint Iohn would not haue vs to haue the least commerce with false teachers, [Page 298] which oppose the doctrine of the Gospell concerning Christ; Receiue not such an one into your house, neither bid him God speede; for he that biddeth him God-speede, is partaker of all his euill deedes, Iohn 2. epist. 10. 11. They are worthy of death, not onely who doe commit wickednesse, but who haue pleasure in them that doe it, Rom. 1. 32.
Vse. This Doctrine meetes with all those that please themselues in a vaine conceit, like the Pharisees, thinking all is well with them, because they are not as other men are; They thanke God, they are not noted as guilty of any heinous crime; they are no common drunkards, no adulterers, no theeues, no murtherers, no vsurers, and the like; they are none of those that commit such capitall [Page 299] crimes; they would bee sorry to be accounted such vile ones; True, all this is good, and commendable in it selfe; but examine thy conscience, and thou shalt finde, that thou hast beene too often faulty, and that most fouly; that thou hast beene accessary-to, and communicated-with the sinnes of others. How often hast thou seene thy neighbour drunke, and knowne it? others to haue committed [...]dultery, fornication, vncleannesse? others to be common swearers, lyars, back-biters, slanderers? others to be common stealers, and the like? and yet hast neuer opened thy mouth to reprooue them, to tell them of it, when thou mightst, and ought, to admonish them, to perswade, them, to aduise them, to bring them to good; In this case thou art accessary [Page 300] to thy brothers sinne, thou hast fellowship with him in sinne; How oft hast thou heard Gods name torne in peeces, as it were by horrible and fearefull oathes, & would neuer speake against it? Oh, remember what was the commendation of the Church of Ephesus, it could not indure, or beare them which are euill, as Reuel. 2 2. So, it is a signe, and true note of Gods childe, not to suffer sinne in our neighbour, so farre as it lyeth in him: so saith the Lord; Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thy heart; thou shalt in any wise rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer sinne vpon him, Leuit. 19. 17. Marke what God saith of the wicked; When thou sawest a theefe, thou consentedst vnto him, and hast beene partakers with the adulterers, &c. There is the sinne; These things hast thou done, &c. but [Page 301] I will reprooue thee, and set before thee, the things that thou hast done; there is the punishment, Psal. 50. 18. &c. where we see, how God punisheth communion with sinne, as well as committing of sinne.
Vse 2 How doth this condemne the practise of the world, who in stead of hauing no fellowship with sinne, and sinners, spend their whole time in company-keeping, and prophane fellowship; swilling and guzling, dicing and carding, and other vnlawfull recreations, all the day long, mispending the time; and vainely expending their goods to licentiousnesse and prophanesse; This they call good-fellowship whereas it is indeede, fellowship with the diuell, and his instruments, it is drunken and diuelish fellowship; God keepe [Page 302] mee from such fellowship; and I will not say, The diuell take them; but I dare say, The diuell will haue them, except they speedily repent, and forsake such wicked courses. O consider this ye that forget God, least hee teare you in peeces, and there be none to helpe, Psal. 50 [...] Let vs be of Dauids minde; not to know a wicked person, &c. Psal. 101. 4. &c. Let vs resolue against such, and say with Dauid; Away from mee yee wicked, I will keepe the commandements of my God, Psal. 119. 115. Herein intimating thus much, that wicked company doth hinder vs from keeping GODS commandements.
Vse. 3 Let this moue vs then to haue fellowship onely with the godly, and those that feare God, that so wee may walke vprightly before God, inoffensiuely [Page 303] before men, so pleasing God. Salomon saith, Hee that walketh with wise men, shall be wise, Prou. 13. 20. Oh, that we could truely say with Dauid, (and in truth, so it should be) I am a companion of all them that feare thee, O Lord, and keepe thy commandements, Psal. 119. 63. All my delight is in the Saints that are in the earth, and vpon such as excell in vertue, Psal. 16. 3. In the godly mans eyes a vile person is contemned, but he honeureth them that feare the Lord, Psal. 15. 4. The righteous (saith Dauid,) shall resort vnto my company, Psal. 142. 9. Reade and obserue diligently, Psal. 101. wherein is set downe the true rule of a Christian mans walke, necessary for all sorts and degrees, high and low, rich and poore; for Kings and Princes, for Ministers, Magistrates, Parents, and Masters of families, [Page 304] one with another; shewing the manner of walking, the resolution against wicked men and their workes, and the choise onely of the faithfull and godly; And that all this may the better be practised of vs, we must be carnest in prayer with our God, saying with the Psalmist, Incline not my heart to any euill thing, to practise wicked workes, with men that worke iniquitie, &c. Psal. 141. 4. for they purpose to ouerthrow my goings, Psalme 140. 4. Cause mee therefore O Lord, to know the way, wherein I should walke, Psal. 143. 8. and let me euer escape such wicked men, Psal. 141. 10.
Haue no fellowship, &c. Now I come to handle these words more particularly, and to shew, how many wares a man may bee said to haue fellowship, and to communicate with the sinnes of others [Page 305] called here works of darknes. And wee must know, that euill workes are of two sorts. 1. Such as are common to all sorts. 2. Such as are more proper to this or that sort, degree or calling. The first are two-fold. 1. Such as goe before the thing to bee committed. 2. Such as follow after the sinne is committed. Before, a man may bee said to communicate, and to haue felowship, and to bee accessary to the sinnes of others, diuers wayes.
1 First, by prouocation; as when one shall prouoke another vnto sinne, though hee that is pouoked, is guilty of the act of sinning, and committeth the sin personally, yet he who prouoked him to that sinne, is guilty also, as being accessary to his brothers sin, and hee hath fellowship with [Page 306] him in his sinne, and it is as much as if hee had committed the sinne in his owne person, both in regard of the sinne it selfe, and the punishment due vnto that sinne. This prouoking of others to sinne, may bee done two wayes. 1. By incensing, vrging, stirring vp, or compelling men to sinne. 2. by entising, or alluring others vnto sinne: and both these may be done two wayes. 1. By word, 2. By deede: when a man either by word or deed, shall excite, stirre vp, and draw on others to euill, as vniust anger, wrath, reuenge, hatred, discontentment, discouragement, drunkennesse, whoredome, and the like. First, I say, men prouoke others to sinne by incensing, or stirring them vp to sinne; as Iezebel did Ahab, killing Naboth for his vineyard: [Page 307] There was none like vnto Ahab, who sold himselfe to worke wickednesse in the sight of the Lord; whom Iezebel his wife stirred vp, 1. King. 21. 25. Thus did wicked Amnon rauish his sister Tamar; for hee being stronger than shee, forced her, and lay with her. 2. Sam. 13. 14. This is a sinne in many parents, forbidden by Saint Paul, Fathers; prouoke not your children to wrath, least they bee discouraged. Coloss. 3. 21. Now parents may be said to prouoke their children to wrath, three wayes. 1. by vniust, wicked, and vnreasonable commands. 2. By contumelious words, rating, and reuiling them, and miscalling them. 3. By extreame seuerity, and rigorous dealing, in their striking and beating of them excessiuely in their mad moode, and rage, without all reason. It was the sinne of Saul against his sonne Ionathan. [Page 308] First, he commanded him to bring vnto him innocent Dauid, that he might kill him. Secondly, hee miscalled him, and reuiled him, calling him the Sonne of a peruerse, rebellious woman. Thirdly, he cast a iauelin at him, to smite him, with purpose to kill him; thus Ionathan arose from the Table in fierce anger, &c. 1 Sam. 20. from Verse 30. to the end of 33. But most common is this sinne amongst drunkards, and such as delight in drunken fellowship, who stirre vp, and compell men to be drunke, or else will offer violence to their persons, whereupon it comes to passe, that many not onely hazard, but loose their liues in this case.
2 The second way of prouoking others vnto sinne, is by inticing and alluring others vnto [Page 309] sinne. This is made a note of a wicked man, Sinners doe entice &c. at large, Prou. 1. from 10. to 15. This appeareth notably in the description of the Harlot, Prou. 7. through the whole Chapter; where wee may see, how the Whore, in the attyre of an Harlot, and subtilty of heart, in the twilight, in the euening, in a blacke and darke night, met among the simple ones, a Youth voide of vnderstanding; So she caught him and kissed him, and with an impudent face, said vnto him (inticing him as there followeth) I haue done thus and thus, and I haue this and that at home, my bed is brauely bedeckt, my husband is from home; come, let vs take our fill of loue till morning, let vs solace our selues with loues, from the 6. Verse, to the 21. Now marke what followes; With much faire speech, shee caused him to yeeld, with [Page 310] the flatterings of her lips she forced him, Verse 21. thus by inticing him, she prouoked him to sinne; And this is a common sinne at this day, in all such as delight in Whoorish company, and drunken fellowship, if they cannot compell them to sinne, they will by one meanes or other, allure and intise them to sinne; It is the brand which Salomon setteth vpon the wicked; A violent man entifeth his neighbour, and leadeth him into the way that is not good, Prou. 16. 29. And this bee said of the first way of hauing fellowship with others in sinne, viz. by prouocation.
Vse. Teaching all those that haue bin guilty in any of these waies, to repent, to bewaile their miserable and wretched estate hereby, as being in it selfe accursed of God, and to [Page 311] resolue fully to leaue and forsake such vngodly courses, lest the wrath of God smoake against such people, and there be none to quench it; for certainely, for such things sake the wrath of God commeth vpon such. Againe, this must teach all to hate these courses; and instead of prouoking to euill, to draw on others vnto good, according to our seuerall places and callings, and charges committed to vs; as Magistrates their Subiects, Ministers their People, Parents their Children, Masters their Seruants, one neighbour another; to labour with them, by exhortation, by perswasion, to intice them, to vrge them vnto good duties, as Paul saith. Let vs hold fast the profession of our faith without wauering, and let vs consider one another, to prouoke vnto loue, and all other good workes, [Page 312] Heb. 10. 23. 24. The neglect of this, is the cause why sinne doth so much abound, and grow so rise.
2 Secondly, a man may haue fellowship with others in sin, by consent; as if a man seeth and knoweth another to commit a sinne actually, and yet hee himselfe doth not commit it in his owne person, yet because hee consenteth to the doing of it, hee is guilty, and becomes accessary vnto the other in this sin. And this is another note of a wicked man, who knowing the iudgement of God (that they which doe commit such things, are worthy of death) not onely doe the same, but take pleasure and consent with them that doe them, Rom. 1. 32. So God reprooueth the wicked; When thou sawest a theefe, thou consentedst vnto him, &c. Psal. 50. 18. This consenting to finne, [Page 313] is nothing else but an approbation, or allowing of sinne, without either contradicting the sinner, or any griefe or sorrow for the sinne. Saint Paul complaines of the Corinthians for this, and checks them, that they were puffed vp, and had not rather mourned for the fact of the incestuous man, 1 Cor. 5. 1. 2. This consent is either 1. Secret, 2. Open. Secret in the heart and mind; Open either in word or deed; and whosoeuer consenteth but in heart, becommeth accessary to the sinne, much more when he doth it openly in word, or deed, or both. Thus the Iewes consented vnto the death of Christ, saying, Let him be crucified, Math. 27. 22. 23. So whereas, Ioab slew Abner, smiting him vnder the fift ribbe, that hee died, 2 Sam. 3. 27. Yet Abishai, Ioabs brother, is said also to stay [Page 314] Abner, Verse 30. which must be meant in regard of consenting with Ioab concerning his death. So Saul was consenting to the death of Steuen, partly in word, partly in deed, in stoning of Steuen. And Saul consented vnto his death, Acts 8. 1. that is, hee did approoue and allow of his death; and thus all these had fellowship with workes of darkenesse.
Vse. Take heede then, how any doe giue their consent vnto any wickednesse, thinking they may very well excuse themselues, because they did not personally commit the sinne; wee see that the very consent, makes guilty, As vngodly talke drawes a man into sinne, so vngodly silence holds a man in sinne; and God complaineth of the wicked, that saw the theefe, and [Page 315] consented with him, Psal. 50. Let vs therefore take vp the counsell of Salomon, My Sonne, if sinners entise, Consent thou not, &c. at large, Prou. 1. 10. &c. Consent not, either with sinners, or their sinnes; if thou doest, remember the iudgement of God, and his wrath hangs ouer thy head, and thou must looke for eternall death, Rom. 1. 32. Our consent must be only in good things, and with good men; as Paul saith, I consent vnto the Law of God that it is good, Rom. 7. and if at any time we are ouertaken in any sinne, wee must say, as Paul, That which I doe, I allow not. Rom. 7. 15. our consent and approbation must be onely of things more excellent, Philip. 1. 10.
3 Thirdly, a man may bee accessary to other mens sins, by giuing euill counsell. Thus was Herodias mother accessary [Page 316] to the murthering of Iohn, though Herod beheaded him: for Herodias being before instructed of her mother, said: Giue mee here Iohn Baptists head in a charger, Math 14. 3. to 11. Thus bad counsell was a meanes of his death. Thus was Ionadab accessarie to the incestuous rape of Ammon; Ammon indeed lay with his own sister, hee personally committed the sinne, for he forced her; and when hee had committed the fact, hee hated her more than before he loued her; but all this was by the euill counsaile of that wicked and subtill man Ionadab, who counsailed him to faine himselfe sicke, and when Dauid his Father should come to see him, Ammon should desire of the King, that Tamar his sister should dresse him meate, that so by that, his lust might be fulfilled: The King granting his desire, Ammon tooke his opportunity, [Page 317] forced her, and lay with her; at large, 2 Sam. 13. This giting of bad counsell, is when one man perswadeth another vnto sinne; and it is a great cause of much euill in the world; By this came the fall of our first Parents, for Sathan perswaded Eue, and Eue her husband, Gen. 3. 4. 6. And thus by this bad counsell, were the high Priests and Rulers accessary to the crucisying of Christ, because they perswaded the people to aske Barrabas (a murtherer and a robber, Acts 3. 14. Iohn 18. 40.) and to destory Iesus, Math. 27. 1. and 20. And thus it is true, whosoeuer giue bad counsell, and perswade others vnto sinne, are accessary vnto, and haue fellowship with them in their sinnes.
Vse. This may instruct vs two waies; both for giuing bad [Page 318] counsell, and for giuing careto, and receiuing bad counsell; Not to giue any, for by this meanes, we become partakers of other mens sinnes; but let our counsels and perswasions be to good, and for good ends; A wholesome tongue is a tree of life, but peruersenesse therein is a breach in the spirit, Prou. 15. 4. To the counsellors of peace is ioy, Prou. 12. 20. The tongue of the wise, vseth knowledge aright, but the mouth of fooles poureth out foolishnesse. The lips of the wise, disperse knowledge, Prou. 15. 2. 7. But a man of wicked deuices God will condemne, Prou. 12. 2. The mouth of the foolish is neere destruction, Prou. 10. 14. But in the lips of him that hath vnderstanding, wisedome is found; The lips of the righteous feede many. The mouth of the iust bringeth foorth wisedome, Prou. 10. 13. 21. 31. [Page 319] All which shewes how wee ought to be so farre from giuing bad counsell, as all our speech should be sa [...]ou [...]y, gratious, tending to Gods glory, and the edification of our brethren, as Ephes. 4. 29. Colos. 46.
Againe, seeing bad Counsell is the cause of so much mischiefe, wee must be carefull how wee giue any eare vnto it, following the counsell of Salomon, Goe from the presence of a foolish man, when thou perceiuest not in him the lips of knowledge, Prou. 14. 7. Cease my sonne to heare the instruction that causeth to crre from the words of knowledge, Prou. 19. 27. Neither desire thou to be among such euill men, Prou. 24. 1. O my soule, come not thou into their secret; vnto their assembly bee not thou vnited, Gen. 49. 6.
4 Fourthly, a man is said to haue fellowship with other [Page 320] mens sinnes, by giuing euill example, offence, and scandall; This euill example appeareth in the practise of any one sin, knowne to others; The profession of Christ, and true religion is called a way, and the giuing of offence is a stumbling-blocke laid in this way, to cause others to fall; yea, such a man doth in what him lyeth, destroy the soule of his brother, for whom Christ died, 1 Cor. 8. 9. 10. 11. The case of such men must needes bee dangerous; for they are not onely guilty, and accessarie vnto the sinnes of others, but are the occasions of many falls in others; and the greater is this sinne, because it is a sinne and a cause of sinne; In this regard, giuing ill example, is compared to wildefire, which inflameth all places whereon it lighteth; and I may truely say, as many are [Page 321] drawne to sinne by bad example, as by any occasion giuen whatsoeuer; What fashion can bee inuented, but it is presently followed of the most? what foolish, and gawish attire can be worne, but forthwith it is generally receiued? What villanous, ribauld or bawdy and beastly song inuented, but presently learned, euen of young children? Thus euill example maketh maketh others to offend, 1 Cor. 8. 13. and therefore all that giue it, must needes haue fellowship with the sinnes of those, who take offence and occasion to fall, by their example, and offence giuen.
Vse. Take heede therefore that we walk circumspectly, not as fooles, but as wise, redeeming the time, because the daies are euill, Ephes. 5. 15. 16. that is, full of euill men, and manifold occasions [Page 322] to sinne. Let our light therefore, of an holy example, so shine before men, that they may see our good workes, and glorifie our Father which is in heauen, Math. 5. 16. Hauing our conuersation honest among the Gentiles, that whereas they speake against you as euill-doers, they may by your good workes which they shall behold, glorifie God in the day of visitation, 1 Pet. 2. 11. But take heede that we become not a stumbling blocke to those which are weake, 1 Cor. 8. 9. Giue no offence, neither to the Iewes, nor to the Gentiles, nor to the Church of God, 1 Cor. 10. 32. It is impossible, but offences will come, but wee vnto him, through whom they come, Math. 18. 7. and Luke 17. 1.
Hitherto I haue shewed how many waies a man may haue fellowship with others before hand; now I come to set downe how a man may [Page 323] communicate with the sinnes of others, after the sinne is committed, and this may be diuersly;
1 First, by vngodly silence; this is as common a way, whereby men haue fellowship with sinnes of others, as any of the former; and it is, when men will keep [...] silence, when they may, and ought to reprooue sinne; That wee ought to reprooue sinne, is plaine, Leuit. 19. 17. Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thy heart, but shalt in any wise rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer sinne vpon him. Whence wee may see, that when men see others to sinne, and will not speake to them, to tell them of it, and reprooue them for it, they suffer their neighbour to lye in his sinne, and his sinne to remaine vpon him; and what is this else but to haue fellowship with him in his sinne? [Page 324] This is a sinne common to the most, which is the cause that so many liue in sinne without reformation, Vngodly silence holdeth men in sin; but thus it is, men are right of Cames disposition, they thinke they haue no keepe of their brethren, Gen. 4. 9. They see and heare them sinne customarily, Parents their Children, Masters their Seruants, one neighbour another, and yet neuer finde any fault, nor once reprehend them, either for feare, fauour, or affection; but let all such know, howsoeuer they make a light account of this, yet if they will not speake, when they may and ought, they are accessary to their sinnes, whom they suffer to goe so vnreprooued. God speaking of the Prophet, tells him, that hee hath set him a watchman ouer the house of Israell, Therefore heare thou the [Page 325] word at my mouth, and giue them warning from mee; if thou giuest him not warning, nor speakest to warne the wicked from his wicked way to saue his life, the same wicked man shall die in his iniquitie, but his bloud will I require at hine hand, Ezek 3. 17. 18. Where we see, that when we keepe silence, when God would haue vs speake, wee are not onely guilty of the sinnes of others, but of their punishments also. Qui tacet, consentire videtur.
Vse. Let this teach all men in their seuerall places and callings, both publique and priuate, to reprooue sinne both in our selues, and others, but first in our selues, then in others; Let it not grieue vs to speake in. Gods cause, but plainely to rebuke our neighbour, and not suffer him to sinne; thus we shall discharge our soules; [Page 326] and most of all this concernes Gods Ministers, of whom God speaketh, Cry aloud and spare not, tell the people of their transgressions, and the house of Iacob their sinnes. Esay 58. 1. Again, speaking of Ministers, saith God, I haue set watchmen vpon thy walles, O Ierusalem, which shall neuer hold their peace day nor night; Yee that make mention of the Lord, keepe not silence. Esay 62. 6. But I onely name this, as hauing occasion to speake more largely of it afterward.
2 Secondly; This fellowship and communion with sinnes of others, after the sin is committed, is, by smoothing vp men in their sinnes; backing them, and incouraging them in their sinnes; and this is done, first, by defending, and iustifying them in their sinne; Secondly, by extenuating [Page 327] their sinne, and making it lesse than it is; Thirdly, by excusing their sinne. All these wayes are common, whereby men communicate with the sinnes of others; For, what sinne so vile and odious, but hath some backe friend to maintaine it? what person so vile, but hath some patron to defend him? yea, what wickednes or villanie can a man now a-dayes commit, but hee shall haue some or other to countenance it? either to iustifie the partie that doth it, soothing him and applauding him in his villanie, making him beleeue there is no such danger in it, as men account of it; or else they will make them beleeue that the sinne is not so great as Ministers teach it is, or else they will make it no sinne at all; This is the common sinne of this age, and the occasion of many [Page 328] sinnes, and foule impieties in the world, to soothe vp others in their sinnes and wickednesse; Thus the deuill soothed vp our first parents, making them beleeue, that they should not die, though they eate of the forbidden fruit. Gen. 3. It was the prophanenesse of the wicked prophets, whom God neuer sent, They say still vnto them that despise God. The Lord hath said, yee shall haue peace, and they say vnto euery one that walketh after the imagination of his owne heart, No euill shall come vpon you. Ierem. 23. 17. Thus is drunkennesse maintained, vnder the terme of good fellowship; fornication is but a veniall sinne, they say, and a tricke of youth; couetousnes is but good husbandrie to prouide for him and his; diuers weights and false ballance, are counted but [Page 329] lawfull gaine; no conscience made of swearing, it's a matter of nothing; and the like: Whereas the Apostle telleth vs plainely, that for these things sake, the wrath of God commeth vpon the children of disobedience. Ephes. 5. 6. But this the wicked beleeue not; and therefore they make but a mocke of it, and sooth vp themselues and others in these and the like sinnes, mocking and scoffing with those wicked ones, saying, Where is the promise of his comming? 2. Pet. 3. 4. Therefore, they make a couenant with hell and death, perswading themselues, that the ouerflowing scourge shall neuer come neere them. Esay 28. 15. This is to flatter our selues and others in sinne.
Vse. Take heede then how any doe soothe vp any in their wicked courses, or iustifie any [Page 330] in their wicked courses, or iustifie any in their wickednes; for it maketh a man not only accessary to their sinnes, as hath been shewed, but also accursed; Hee that iustifieth the wicked, and hee that condemneth the iust, euen they both are abomination to the Lord. Prou. 17. 15. Hee that saith vnto the wicked, Thou art righteous, him shall the people curse; nations shall abhorre him. Prou. 24. 24. The Lord himselfe will not iustifie a wicked man. Exod. 23. 7. Woe then to him that iustifieth the wicked, &c. Esay 5. 22, 23. Woe vnto them that call euill good, and good euil; that put darkenesse for light and light for darkenesse; that put bitter for sweete, and sweete for bitter. Esay 5. 20.
3 Thirdly; Men are accessary to other mens sinnes, after the sinne committed, by Conniuence, [Page 331] winking at sinne; either by seeing, and not seeing; or else, by seeing, and not correcting: Thus was Eli accessary vnto his sonnes wickednesse; The sonnes of Eli, were the sonnes of Belial (all for the belly; for so, when Eli thought Hannah had been drunken, when she prayed to the Lord, she answered him, Count not thine handmayd for a daughter of Belial, 1. Sam. 1. 13, 14, 25, 16.) The sonnes of Eli knew not the Lord; They abused the sacrifice and offering which God commaunded in his habitation; The sinne of the yong men was very great before the Lord; for men abhorred the offering of the Lord; They lay with the women assembled at the doore of the tabernacle of the congregation: These were their sins; But how did old Eli behaue himselfe when he heard of it? Hee said vnto them, why doe yee such things? for I heare of your [Page 332] euill dealings, by all this people; Nay my sonnes, for it is no good report that I heare: yee make the Lords people to transgresse. 1. Sam. 2. at large. But was not this well done in Eli, thus to reprooue his sonnes? Indeed the wordes were good in themselues; but his reproofe was weake, cold, and partiall; hee honoured his sonnes aboue God. 1. Sam. 2. 29. God threatned him and his sonnes in the verses following. And hee iudged the house of Eli for euer, for the iniquity which hee knew, because his sonnes made themselues vile, and hee restrained them not. 1. Sam. 3. 13. Here was the sinne of Conniuence; he saw and knew their sinnes, but did not correct them, he did not frowne on them, he did not curbe them, and vse his fatherly authority to reclaime them, and to restraine them from their wickednesse, [Page 333] but in a weake, partiall, and silly manner, said, Nay my sonnes, it is no good report I heare, &c. Wherefore according to the word of the Lord, It came to passe, that his two sons, Hophni & Phinehas were slaine, and old Eli their father fell downe from a seat backward, and his necke brake, and hee died. 1. Sam. 4. 11, 18.
Vse. O let this fearefull example admonish and forewarne all men to take heede, how they doe winke at others faults, to beare with them, either for feare, fauour, or affection, though they bee neuer so deare vnto vs; Let parents in particular take speciall notice of this, not to honour their children aboue God; which they doe, when as they doe not restraine their children from wickednes; when it lieth in their power to doe [Page 334] it, and they may, and ought to doe it; yea, they despise God, if they doe not; So saith God. 1 Sam. 2. 30. They that honor me (speaking of Eli and his house) I will honor; and they that despise mee, shall bee lightly esteemed. It is a common saying, Winke at small faults; and Salomon saith, It is the glory of a man, to passe by an offence. True it may bee sometime among men, in regard of some small wrongs, and personall offences betweene man and man; but no sinne against God must bee winked at, or bee dispensed with, though neuer so small; for as by Conniuence we are accessary, so wee procure iudgement.
4 Fourthly; By praysing and Commending those that sinne. This is a common sinne, and as it makes men accessary, so it is a great meanes to maintaine [Page 335] and vphold men in sinne, and to countenance them in their wicked courses; such men may make a shew of loue, and seeme very feruent, yet indeede they are but counterfeit; fawning, flattering; like the Iuie tree, which compasses, and clings about the Oake, not for any loue he beares vnto him; but to sucke out his iuyce and sappe; so by this commending of men in sinning, many are vtterly vndone, as it appeares commonly amongst drunkards, and such as delight in drunken fellowship, who being applauded for good fellowes, spend all they haue, and bring themselues and theirs to beggery; Thus they will bee drunke, because they haue those that will commend them for it: This is a true note of the wicked man, either to commend, or [Page 336] to bee commended in this kinde; A wicked man commends men that are euil speaking well of them. As the couetous man, hee will bee couetous, because others commend him for a good husband; and Salomon saith, The wicked speaketh well of the couetous, whom God abhorreth. Psalm. 10. 3. Againe, it is a signe of a wicked man to bee commended of the wicked; The world loues his owne. Iohn 15. 19. and, Woe bee vnto you, when all men praise you. Luk. 6. 26. (that is, if Christ commend you not; for Christ may condemne vs, when men may commend vs and speake well of vs) for so did their fathers the false prophets; And in this sence, I take it, may that bee vnderstood; Hee that blesseth his friend with a lowd voyce, rising early in the morning, it shall bee counted a [Page 337] curse to him. Prou. 27. 14. It is a signe of an hatefull dissembling and deceitfull man; howsoeuer he may pretend loue, to commend a man in euill.
Vse. Take vp therefore Salomons counsell; When hee speaketh faire, beleeue him not, for there are seauen, id est, many abominations in his heart. Prou. 26. 25. Wee must not giue eare to the wicked, but rather contend with him, by striuing against his temptations, as being nets spread for our feete; remembring alwayes what Salomon saith, distinguishing the godly from the wicked; They that forsake the Law, praise the wicked; but such as keepe the Law contend with them. Prou. 28. 4. Let this mooue vs all, as to bee carefull to giue no countenance to such as wee know to bee wicked, and hypocritical, to giue no credence to them, [Page 338] so to take heede of praising the wicked, knowing what Salomon saith, An hypocrite with his mouth destroyeth his neighbour. Prou. 11. 9.
5 Fiftly; By a carelesse neglect, and omission of that good which wee may, and ought to doe. This makes men accessary; Wee are not onely to obserue the Commaundements in our selues, but to preserue them in others, by vsing all good meanes: As for example; Thou shalt not kill; there wee are enioyned, so farre as our ability serues, and our calling will permit, to preserue the life of our neighbour; If thou forbeare to deliuer those that be ready to be slaine, If thou sayest, Behold, we knew it not, doth not hee that pondereth the heart, consider it? doth not hee know it? &c. Pro. 24. 11, 12. When Saul had [Page 339] made a rash vow, that none should taste of any thing till euening, Ionathan hauing tasted a little hony, Saul would haue slaine him, but the people rescued him. 1. Sam. 14. Ionathan againe rescued Dauid from his father Saul. 1. Sam. 19. Obadiah hid an hundred by fifties in a caue; We ought to lay downe our life for the brethren. 1. Iohn 3. 15. namely in time of persecution, and case of necessity. Hence we may note then, that Pilate was guilty of murther, though hee washed his hands, because hee did not defend our Sauiour Christ against the Iewes: So all that preserue not life when they may, it is all one as if they kill a man, they become accessary to the murther; and so of the like.
In a word, as a man may be accessary, & haue fellowship, both before and after the sinne, as formerly hath been [Page 340] shewen, so in the act of sinning, viz. by cooperation; either by beeing copartners in the same fact doing, or by doing the same thing which we see others to doe; Wicked men are described to bee doers of the same things, and to take pleasure in those that doe them. Rom. 1. 32. And yet many times you shall see those to iudge and condemne others, when as they themselues doe the same things. But what saith Paul? Therefore thou art inex cusable, O man, whosoeuer thou art that indgest: for wherein thou iudgest another, thou condemnest thy selfe, for thou that iudgest doest the same things: But wee are sure, that the iudgement of God is according to trueth, against such as commit such things; And thinkest thou this, O man that iudgest them which doe such things, and doest the [Page 341] same, that thou shalt escape the iudgement of God? Rom. 2. 1, 2, 3. And thus much of the common meanes, whereby all sorts of men may become accessary to the sinnes of others.
Haue no fellowship, &c.] Now of the means which are more proper and peculiar to some sorts of men, whereby they become accessary to other mens sinnes: Of these briefly.
1 First, for the Magistrate: The Magistrate is accessary three wayes; first, by setting forth wicked decrees: secondly, by vnlawfull commaundements: thirdly, by permission. First, by Decrees; as Nebuchadnezzar was accessary to the people worshipping the golden image which hee had set vp; because hee made a Decree, that all should doe so, and who-so [Page 342] refused, should bee cast into a burning fiery furnace. Dan. 3. 10. Thus Ieroboam made Israel to sinne. 1. King. 14. 16. But what saith God by his Prophet? Woe bee to them that decree vnrighteous decrees, and that write grieuousnesse, which they haue prescribed, &c. Esay 10. 1, 2, 3, 4.
2 Secondly, by Commaundement; as lezabel commaundes Naboth to be staine. 1. King. 21. Thus Dauid is said to kill Ʋ riah, Dauid in his owne person did not kill him, but he commanded him to be killed by the sword of the Ammonites. 2. Sam. 11.
3 Thirdly, by Permission; by suffering euill, and wicked men to go vnpunished, when as they may and ought to reforme euill: thus in not punishing vice, and malefactors, as murderers, and the like, they become guilty of the sin of the malefactor, and cause [Page 343] others to commit the same or the like; Magistrates are here to remember, that they must not beare the sword in vaine. Rom. 13. The Magistrate is to cut off by death, such malefactors as haue committed capitall offences, as murder, &c. Who so sheddeth mans bloud, by man shall his bloud bee shed. Gen. 9. 6. that is, by the Magistrate, who is not the authour of his death, for that is GOD, but an instrument of God, whose iudgement he vseth; A Magistrate may not exempt a man from punishment at his pleasure, vnlesse he himselfe will sinne against God, as the Prophet told the King Ahab; Because thou hast let goe out of thine hand (saith the Lord) a man whom I appointed to vtter destruction, therefore thy life shall goe for his life. 1. King. 20. 42.
Thus Ministers are accessary [Page 344] to the peoples sinnes, either by not giuing them warning, or not reprouing them of sinne, or shewing a bad example, and liuing a wicked life, by which they doe more hurt, than good by doctrine. And thus are all Superiours accessary to the sinnes of Inferiours, as Parents to their Children, Masters to their Seruants, some of those waies formerly named.
THE FIFTH SERMON, being the Second vpon these WORDS.
HItherto, out of these words, I haue spoken only of the Dehortation it selfe; in these words, Haue no fellowship, &c. Now I am to handle the reasons of the Dehortation, shewing why we must not communicate [Page 346] with the sinnes of others; The reasons are two; first, because all sinnes are workes of darkenesse: secondly, because they are vnfruitfull. But before I come to the particular handling of these Reasons; sundrie questions or doubts are to be resolued, and answered, both for the more clearing of the Text, and the better finishing of the Dehortation, as followeth.
Quest. 1 Whether wee may keepe company, or haue any society with wicked and obstinate sinners? or at all communicate, and haue fellowship with their persons, though not their sinnes?
Answ. All company-keeping, society, and fellowship with wicked men themselues, is not simply and absolutely forbidden, but onely the priuate [Page 347] and speciall familiaritie with them; and so must all places of Scripture forbidding fellowship with them, be vnderstood of priuate and familiar conuersing I say, it is not simply forbidden; first, because there is no such absolute precept against it, extant in holy Scripture; secondly, Paul saith, as leauing it free, 1 Cor. 10. 27. If any man that belieues not, bid you to a feast, and you be disposed to goe, whatsoeuer is set before you, eate, asking no question for conscience sake; thirdly, if we would shun the company and society of all wicked men, then wee must goe out of this world, 1 Cor. 5. 10. Againe, If any brother hath a wife that belieueth not, and shee be pleased to dwell with him, let him not put her away; And the woman which hath an husband, that belieueth not, if hee be pleased to dwell with her, let her not [Page 348] leaue him, 1 Cor. 7. 12. 13. Lot conuersed with the wicked Sodomites, Christ with Publicans and sinners: Therefore all society of wicked men themselues is not simply and absolutely forbidden, but priuate and familiar fellowship, 1 Corinth. 5. 9. 10. 11. marke the place.
Quest. 2 But may we any way keep company with them, which wee know to be darkenesse, and notoriously wicked?
Answ. In foure cases we may not at all; First, if wee be infected by them, and communicate with their workes; Euill societies corrupt good manners, 1 Cor. 15. and God forbad the Israelites to marry with the Gentiles, or to haue any familiar commerce with them, lest they should bee infected by them; Secondly, if the wicked by [Page 349] our keeping them company, and seeing vs not to shunne them, should be confirmed, and more hardened in their sinnes; Christ commandeth vs in this case, that rather obstinate sinners should bee vnto vs as Heathen and Publicans, Math. 18. 17. that is, account him as an heretique, or excommunicate, or one not belonging to the Church. Thirdly, if the weake in faith, are by our keeping them company offended; We must not abuse our Christian libertie in the smallest things, whereby our weake brother may be offended; Take heed, 1 Cor. 8. 9. 10. 11. lest by any meanes, this libertie of yours become a stumbling blocke to them that are weake; for if any man see thee which hast knowledge, sit at meate in the idols Temple, shall not the conscience of him which is weake be imboldened to [Page 350] eate those things which are offered to Idols, &c. much more then will a weake brother be offended to see vs conuerse with wicked men familiarly. Fourthly, if by our company. keeping; the Gospell be euill spoken of, and the name of God blasphemed, wee must altogether abstaine; Paul saith, All things must be done to Gods glory, 1 Cor. 10. 31. But through such the name of God is blasphemed, Rom. 2. 24.
Quest. 3 How farre forth may wee keepe company with wicked men, or haue commerce with them? or wee may not?
Answ. Wicked men are to bee considered, as, first, members of some Common-wealth; and so we may conuerse with them in bargaining, buying, and selling, &c. Secondly, as members of some ciuill society, [Page 351] as City, &c. and thus we are to maintaine outward peace with them; and shew outward courtesie vnto them, so farre forth, as it may stand with faith and a good conscience, and with the honour of God, and the good of Gods Church. So must we vnderstand, Rom. 12. 18. Tit. 3. 2. 3. Thirdly, consider them as dwellers in the Church, and members of some particular Church by toleration; and so wee may liue with them, and not separate from the Church, neither from the Word nor Sacraments; Christ liued with them and communicated in their Sacraments and seruice of the Temple, though many of them were notorious both for life and doctrine; yet wee must bee grieued with Lot at their abhominations; and haue no priuate and speciall [Page 352] familiaritie with them, for this is a meanes to countenance them, and incourage them in their sinnes.
Quest. 4 But may wee not in some case, haue priuate and familiar fellowship with such?
Answ. Yes, in two respects; first, if the law of nature requires it; secondly, or meere and true necessitie. First, if wee are bound by the law of nature, as Parents and Children, Husband and Wife, Master and Seruant; in this case wee may and ought to liue and dwell with them, though they are euill, as if he should be excommunicate; the wife must performe the dutie of a wife, the childe, the dutie of a childe, &c. for such diuine ordinances, abolish not, but establish ciuill societies. But if any of these being euill, should goe [Page 353] about to draw vs away from Christ, and to seduce vs, then, Parents, Wife: and Children are to be forsaken, rather then Christ; who saith, Hee that loueth Father or Mother more than mee, is not worthy of mee; and hee that loueth Sonne or Daughter, more then mee, is not worthy of mee. Math. 10. 37. Secondly, if we are tied by meere necessitie; as, if hee that is wicked, cannot liue without thee, nor thou without him, as suppose thy father or brother, &c. Iacob, when hee could not conueniently liue else-where, came with his Children into Egypt, and liued among the Idolatrous people for necessitie; but hee communicated not with the impieties of the Egyptians, neither must we be drawne hereby to communicate with the workes of wicked men; yea, we should rather famish, and [Page 354] starue, and suffer any kinde of death than to deny Christ, and communicate with vngodly workes; Christ saith, He that loueth his life more tha [...] mee, is not worthy of mee; and he that hateth not his owne life, cannot bee my Disciple, Luke 14. 26.
In a word, when wee haue an intent and desire to reclaime the wicked from their wickednesse, to be a meanes of their conuersion, to winne them, and draw them to God, by godly conference, or to performe the duties of ciuill societie; and if after once or twice admonition they will not be reformed, then reiect them, Tit. 3. 10. Thus, all these waies we may conuerse with men themselues; but onely so long as it stands with a good conscience, & Christ not forsaken; for this is an euerlasting precept, that wee [Page 355] must loue Christ aboue all, and not communicate with workes of darkenesse.
Concerning the persons Quest. 5 of the wicked, wherein wee may, and may not haue fellowship with them, wee haue heard: Now concerning their workes; Whether then is it lawfull for any Christian, that is a beleeuer, to haue fellowship with any worke of darknesse?
Answ. No, in no case; the Text doth absolutely forbid it; not onely communion with vnfruitfull workes, but much more with pernitious and hurtfull workes; it is neither beseeming a Christian who is light, nor God himselfe, in whom hee is made light, nay, it cannot be, that a béleeuing. Christian should communicate with such workes; for, [Page 356] what fellowship hath light with darkenesse? 1 Cor. 6. wee cannot bee partakers of the Lords Table, and the Table of Diuels, 1 Cor. 10. 21. Be not partaker of other mens sinnes, 1 Tim. 5. 22. Now the workes of the wicked, are either such as are properly their owne, which in themselues are simply euil, and voide of all respect of good, as drunkennesse, whooredome, adultery, idolatrie, and the like; and with these we must in no case communicate, haue nothing to doe with them; Againe, there are some workes, which God worketh in them, as to build Hospitals, to sustaine the poore, to bring vp children, to fight against the common enemy, and such like ciuill and politicall workes; and with these workes wee may communicate, as they are good workes in them; whatsoeuer [Page 357] therfore is not of God, that is, which is not allowed by the word of God, we must not communicate with it, for it is of men, not of God, it is of darkenesse, not of light; it is not of faith, because it wants the word, and therefore it is sinne; But what need I to wade further in this assertion, seeing the Text is so plaine? Haue no fellowship with vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse.
Obiect. 1 But Naaman went into the house of Rimmon, an idolatrous place; and said; The Lord pardon mee in this thing, that when my Master goeth into the house of Rimmon to worship there and be leaneth on my hand, and I bow my selfe there in the house of Rimmon, when I bowe downe my selfe in the house of Rimmon, the Lord pardon thy seruant in this thing; And the Prophet said vnto him, Goe [Page 358] in peace, 2 King. 5. 18. 19. Therefore it seemes the Prophet graunted him leaue to worship in the idolatrous Temple, and so to haue fellowship with idolatrie, [...] worke of darkenesse.
Answ. This bowing of Naaman in the house of Rimmon, was not religious, by way of adoration of the Idoll; as some haue thought, and condemned it as a sinne in Naaman, and say that Naaman knew it to be a sinne, and therefore craued pardon, if he did bow; Neither did the Propher graunt him leaue to bow [...] there, but onely by that forme of speech, promised to pray to God to defend him, that he should not fall, and if he [...] did fall, to forgiue him; as some others affirme; But the best answere is this; that this bowing of Naaman was officious, [Page 359] ciuill and politicall, and necessarie, and so no sinne; but Naaman thinking through ignorance it to be a sinne, the Prophet bids him be of good cheare, it was no sinne, so he bowed not to the Idoll; but onely for dutie sake, to support the King who leaned on him; The King went in to worship there, but Naaman is not said to worship there, but onely bowed himselfe to support the King, which hee might without sinne.
Obiect. Some say, that the Propher Daniel did worship Nebuchadnezzars image, and therfore was not cast into the furnace; but say they, it is not recorded as a sinne in Daniel, &c.
Answ. It is not mentioned in the whole Historie, that Daniel did worship is, neither doe [Page 360] we read, that euer he was enioyned to worship it, neither was it offered vnto him to be worshipped; if it were, happily they obserued not his behauiour towards it; if they did obserue him, yet happily hee was not accused, because hee was in great fauour with the King; if he were accused, yet the King for the great loue he bare vnto him, would not punish him. But how doth all this prooue, that he did worship the Image? They doe great wrong to this holy Prophet; for shame Masters make better arguments.
Obiect. But Paul with foure others tooke on him a vow, and after the manner of the Iewes purified himselfe with them, &c. but he did that which he condemned, and disalowed, onely for peace sake; Therefore say some, wee for peace [Page 361] sake, and charity, may bee present at idolatrous places, &c. though things in themselues not lawfull; Acts 21.
Answ. Some haue condemned openly this fact of Paul; of which opinion sometimes Zanchius confesseth himselfe to haue beene; but afterward, being better aduised, he saith, that answere is contrary to Acts 24. where Paul makes mention of this fact as well done; It is therefore to be obserued, that legall ceremonies for that time, were things indifferent, which might bee kept or not kept, so long as they were not vrged as necessarie to saluation; but if they were vrged as necessary to saluation, then they were not lawfull; as Paul circumcised Timothie, but hee would not circumcise Titus, because the Iewes thought he could not [Page 362] be saued without it; and therfore it was lawfull for Paul, to take on him a vow, and to purifie himselfe in the Temple, when for concord sake, he did nothing but what was as then lawfull, being indifferent; This makes nothing for Papists, or others that thinke they may be present at idolatrous seruice & Masses, which are both idolatrous, and impious; things of their owne inuention, and none of Christs institution, as they falsly affirme.
Obiect. But say some, though wee are present at such places, and in regard of externall presence, and the body may seeme to adore their Idols, yet wee detest them in our hearts and minde.
Answ. This is a friuolous excuse, and but an idle euasion; for [Page 363] Idolatrie is forbidden not onely in the minde, but the whole man; and we must glorifie God both in body and soule, 1 Cor. 6. 20. and God commends those, that neuer bowed their knees to Baal; And the Prophet saith, We must lift vp our hearts with our hands to God in the heauens, Lam. 3. 41. both to God, neither to Idols.
Obiect. But what say you to the example of Paul; who, to the Iewes, became as a Iew, that he might winne the Iewes, to them that are vnder the law, as vnder the law, that hee might gaine them that are vnder the law; to those that are without law, as without law, that he might gaine them that are without law; to them that were weake, he became as weake, that hee might gaine the weake; Hee was made all things to all men, that he might by all meanes saue some, 1 Cor. [Page 364] 9. 20. 21. 22. Why then may not wee be present at their idolatrous seruices, and the like, in hope to gaine others it seemes wee may bee any thing.
Answ. Pauls speech, must be vnderstood wholly of things indifferent, not of things simply euill; as their Papisticall courses, and Idolatrous practises are not indifferent, but euill and wicked; And wee must not doe euill, that good may come thereof, Rom. 3. therefore not to be present at their Idolatries, in hope to gaine them; Thus their argument is worth nothing, being à longè dissimilibus, from things farre vnlike; Paul speaking I say of things indifferent, which there are not.
Other arguments there are, which are not worth answering, as being prooued from [Page 365] holy Scriptures, or at least they are taken out of the bookes called Apocrypha, which wee reiect, as not canonicall, but these which I haue named are the maine, and from these may be answered the other; And thus haue I shewed, how farre forth we may or may not dwell with the wicked, or communicate with their workes.
All which should teach vs to shunne so much as in vs lieth, the very persons of the wicked, and their companie; but because as hath beene shewen, this is impossible (for then wee must goe out of this world, 1 Cor. 5. 10.) therefore our principall care must be, to learne to know them and obserue them, and in no case to communicate with their sinnes, or to bee partakers of their euill deedes; rather choosing with Moses, to [Page 366] suffer affliction with the people of God, than with the wicked to enioy the pleasures of sinne for a season, &c. Heb. 11. 24. 25. 26. Yea, we should rather die, and be afflicted with any torments, and suffer any punishment, than to communicate with Idolatrous worships, and other workes of darkenesse; as Shadrach, Meshach and Abednego, had rather bee cast into the hot furnace, then worship the golden image, Dan. 3.
Hauing now finished to the full this Dehortation, and answered such questions and doubts as are commonly alleadged to the contrarie, Now I come particularly to the Reasons which the Apostle laieth downe to disswade vs from this fellowship, and communication with the sins of others. First, because they are workes of darkenesse; therefore [Page 367] haue no fellowship with them.
Workes of darkenes.] These words containe the first reason of this dehortation; and by workes of darkenesse, are meant the sinnes of wicked men, as wicked men themselues are termed darknes, Ver. 8. And the force of the Apostles Argument stands thus; If ye must walke as childrē of light, then ye must haue nothing to doe with the workes of darkenesse. But yee must walke as children of light. Ergo. And the reason of the consequence of the proposition is this, because, there can bee no fellowship betweene light and darknes. 2. Corinth. 6. 14. In which place the Apostle handleth more fully the same Argument: Be not vnequally yoked together with vnbeleeuers; for what fellowship hath righteousnesse [Page 368] with vnrighteousnes, what communion hath light with darknes? and what cōcord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that beleeueth with as infidel? and what agreement hath the Temple of GOD with idols? Here is the maier proposition, and reasons, Verses 14. 15, 16. But yee are the Temple of the liuing God, as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walke in them, and I will bee their God, and they shall bee my people. Here is the assumption, and his confirmation, Vers. 16. Wherefore come out from among them, and bee yee separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the vncleane thing, and I will receiue you. Here is the Conclusion, with a promise. vers. 17, 18. Nothing can be more cleare than this place. Againe, the like Argument is vsed, 1. Corinth. 10. 20, 21. which may thus bee framed, [Page 369] If yee cannot drinke the cup of the Lord, and the cup of deuils, nor bee partakers of the Lords Table, and the table of deuils; then haue no fellowship with deuils. But ye cannot drinke the cup of the Lord, and the cup of deuils, &c. Therefore haue no fellowship with deuils. Doe wee prouoke the Lord? verse 22. From both which places, this generall doctrine concerning all societie with the wicked in their sinnes, may bee raised; viz. That the externall profession of impiety and wickednesse, cannot stand with the nature of godlinesse; but that God is most highly prouoked to anger, when wee doe partake with the wicked in their wicked workes, especially in Idolatry, and false worships. And this for the scope of the place.
Workes of darkenesse.] By workes of darknes, are meant [Page 370] all kinde of sinnes, whether against the first Table, or second; What they are, the Apostle sets down in this chapter and else-where: In this chapter, Fornication, and all vncleannesse couetousnesse, filthinesse, foolish talking, iesting, whoredom, idolatry, vers. 3, 4, 5. Again, Rom. 13. 12, 13. rioting, drunkennesse, chambering, wantonnesse, strife, enuying, and the like, are the workes of darknesse, which he would haue vs cast off; And thus all other sinnes of wicked men whatsoeuer are called workes of darkenesse, according to the best expositions, [...], that the works of darkenesse are euery sinne. Now sinnes are called workes of darkenesse in many respects.
1 First, because they come from the deuill, the prince of darkenesse, and authour of [Page 371] all euill, Who is a murtherer from the beginning, and abode not in the trueth, because there is no trueth in him; when hee speaketh a lie, hee speaketh of his owne; for hee is a liar, and the father of it. Iohn 8. 44. and so of all other sinnes, the deuill is the father of them, and the authour of them, if not alwayes effectiuely, yet suggestiuely, and occasionally; and that of Iob, may well bee applied to the deuill, That hee is a King ouer all the children of pride. Iob 41. 34. and this is a true position, Diaboli suggestione fere omne peccatum peragitur, Almost euery sinne is accomplished through the suggestion of the deuill; and in this sense the wicked are said to see the workes of their father the deuill. Iohn 8. 38. viz. when they see and perceiue his suggestions in their hearts; thus hee is called the [Page 372] father of the wicked, not, qui generat per originem, sed imitationem; not originally, but by imitation; The wicked are of their father the deuill, and the lusts of their father, they will doe. Iohn 8. 44. imitating him especially in two things, viz. in murther, and lying, as followeth; From all which it appeares plainely; that sinnes, and sinfull workes, are the workes of the deuill, and the doers of them his children; and therefore, Saint Iohn saith, Hee that committeth sinne, is of the deuill: for the deuill sinneth from the beginning; for this purpose the Sonne of God was manifest, that hee might destroy the workes of the deuill. 1. Iohn 3, 8. In this the children of God are manifest, and the children of the deuill; whosoeuer doth not righteousnesse is not of God, neither hee that loueth not his brother; and so consequently they [Page 373] are of the deuill. 1. Iohn 3. 10. Christ told the vnbeleeuing Iewes, that they doe the workes of their father the deuill; and that they heare not Gods words, because they are not of God, but of the deuill. Iohn 8. 41. 47. Thus the deuill is called, the prince of this world. Iohn 16. the prince that ruleth in the [...]e &c. Eph. 2. Where likewise hee is called, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience. vers 2. where wee may plainely perceiue, that the workes of the wicked proceede from the deuill, ruling them, and working all manner of euill in them.
Obiect. But is not God the Author of sinne? for it is said of God himselfe; Is there any euill in the citie, and the Lord hath not done it? Amos 3. 6. I the Lord create euill, I doe all these things, I create darkenesse. Esay [Page 374] 45. 7. Out of the mouth of the most high God proceedeth euill Lam. 3. 38. It may be thought that workes of darkenesse then, come rather from God, than the deuill.
Answ. None of those places proue that God is the Authour of sinne; neither is the word Sinne once named, but the word Euill. Omnis actio vt est actio, est a Deo, sed non malum actions. Euery action, as it is an action; may be said to bee of God; but the euill of the action is not of God, but of the deuill: Secondly, Euill is two-fold: Malum culpae, the euill of the fault; and this is meerely and simply euill, void of all respect of good; and this is sinne; but none of the former places speake of this euill. Malum poenae; the euill of the punishment; as crosses, affliction, sicknesse, [Page 375] aduersitie, and the like; and of this euill, God is Authour; and this onely is meant in all the former places alleadged; and this is not absolutely euil, but hath some respect of good; Of this euill Iob speaks, Shall wee receiue good at the hands of God, and not euill? meaning the euill of aduersitie.) Iob 2. 10.
Obiect. But God foreseeing, that both men and Angels would fall, might haue preuented it, but hee not hindering it, may seeme to be the cause of their fall, and so of sinne.
Answ. If God had been bound to haue hindered their fall, and did not, he might haue been said to bee accessary to their fall; but GOD is an absolute Lord, not bound to any action, nor to giue a reason of any. Quest.: But why did [Page 376] not God confirme them in grace; and giue them the wil and perseuerance it selfe? Answ. GOD gaue them a power to will and perseuere, but not the will and perseuerance it selfe, because hee would not; so he could haue preuented their fall; but hee would not; and so I may say, hee could not, because his power depends vpon his wil, not his will vpon his power. Quest. But why would not God? Answ. O vaine man, who art thou that pleadest with God? &c. Rom. 9, 20, 21, 22. This is the first Reason; Workes of darkenesse, because they proceede from the deuill, the Prince of darkenesse.
And it is as if the Apostle should haue said, I would haue you to conforme your selues to bee like your heauenly Father, walking as children [Page 377] of light; Now, God is light, and in him is no darkenes at all. 1. Iohn 1. 5. As then you will approoue your selues to bee Gods children, as you professe your selues to bee; Then haue nothing to doe with any one worke of darkenesse, for then yee haue no fellowship with God, if yee walke in darkenesse. 1. Iohn 1. 6. but yee haue fellowship with the deuill, and his sonnes you are, if yee doe the workes of darknes, which come from him; As you will bee loth to bee accounted the deuils darlings, haue no fellowship with the workes of darkenesse.
2 Secondly; Sinnes are workes of darkenesse, because they are practised by those who are darkenesse, viz. the wicked; Thus all not conuerted are called darknesse: Yee were once darknesse. Ephes. 5. 8. They walke in the vanity of their [Page 378] minde, hauing their vnderstanding darkened through their ignorance, because of the hardnesse of their hearts. Ephes. 4. 17, 18. Thus they are darkened in ignorance and errour, wanting faith in their vnderstanding; the heate of loue in affection; and all shew of good in their example & conuersation; The whole way of the wicked is as darknes. Pro 4. 19. They are in darknes, & walke in darknes, & yet they boast of fellowship with God, but they are lyars, & do not the truth. 1. Ioh. 1. 6. Thus they are called the darkenes; The light shined in darknes, and the darknes cōprehended it not. Ioh. 1. 5. Christ is the true light, that lighteth euery man that commeth into the world, but the world (that is, the wicked) neither know him, nor receiue him. Ioh. 1. 9. It is Gods iudgement vpon them, that seeing, they perceiue not, hearing they vnderstand [Page 379] not, their eares are dull of hearing, and their eyes haue they fast closed, lest they should see with their eyes, and heare with their eares, and vnderstand with their heart, and should bee conuerted, and God should heale them. Esay 6. 9. Acts 28. 26, 27. Thus Dauid prayed, Let their eyes be darkened, that they may not see. Psalm. 69. 23. Rom. 11. 10. God hath giuen them a spirit of slumber, eyes that they should not see, eares that they should not heare vnto this day. Romans 11. 8. The Lord hath powred out vpon them the spirit of deepe sleepe, and hath closed their eyes. Esay 29. Wherefore, vnlesse you will bee counted among the wicked, haue no fellowship with the workes of darkenesse; for it is their property onely to commit them; for the righteous doe no iniquity. Psal. 119. 3. He that is borne of God, doth not commit sin. 1. Ioh. 3. 9.
Thirdly; Sinnes are work [...] of darkenesse, because they loue darkenesse, and hate the light: This puts a difference betweene the godly and the wicked, be [...]ers and vnbel [...]euers; Ch [...] came a light into the world, that whosoeuer bele [...]ueth on him should not abide in darkenesse Iohn 12. 46. Here is a true and infallible note of a true beleeuer, viz. to come out of darkenesse of sinne, ignorance, and errour▪ And hee that doth trueth; commeth to the light, that his deedes may bee made manifest, that they are wrought in God. Ioh. 3. 21. Lo, another marke of the godly: On the contrary; Hee that beleeueth not is condemned already, because he beleeueth not in the Name of the onely begotten Sonne of God; And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loued darkenesse, rather than light, [Page 381] because their deedes were euill. For euery one that doth euill, hateth the light, neither commeth to the light, lest his deedes should be reprooued, Ioh. 3. 18. 19. 20. Loe here, three brands of a wicked man: 1. he belieueth not in Christ: 2. hee loueth darkenesse: 3. he hateth the light. They loue darkenesse, because they loue to doe all things in secret, as Paul saith, It is a shame to speake of those things which are done of them in secret, Ephes. 5. 12. They that sleepe, sleepe in the night, and they that be drunke, are drunke in the night. 1 Thes. 5. 7.
Thus adultery, fornication, vncleannesse, wantonnesse, whooredome, loue darkenesse, and delight to be in secret; And wheras a childe of siue or sixe yeares olde would fray them, and make them not to dare to attempt [Page 382] such wickednesse, yet the allseeing eye of God doth nothing daunt them; and so it is with drunkards, theeues murtherers, and the like; who commit such villanies for the most part in secret. Thus, the young man was ouertaken by the whoore, in the euening, in the twi-light, in the blacke and darke night, Prouerb. 7. 9. 10. They l [...]ue euill more then good, and lying rather then to speake righteousnesse; yea, their tongue loueth all deuouring words, Psal, 52. 3. 4. Againe, they hate the light. First, Christ, who is the true light. Secondly the godly, who are light in the Lord. Thirdly, the light of the Gospell, because it layeth open, discouers, and reprooueth their euill deedes. Fourthly, Gods Ministers, who are the lights of the world; Fiftly, the light of an holy example; as wee may reade. They hated [Page 383] Christ, Ioh. 15. 18. the godly, Ioh. 15. 19. Gods Ministers, Math. 10. 22. the light of the Gospell, Ioh. 3. 20. holy example, falsly accusing our good conuersation in Christ, 1 Pet. 3. 16. Prou. 29. 27.
4 Sinnes are workes of darkenesse, because they infatuate and besot the wicked, as doth darkenesse; As a man that walketh in a darke night, cannot see to doe any thing, nor knowes not which way to goe, but stumbleth at euery thing, and knoweth not whether hee goeth, or where he is, because the darkenesse blindes him; Euen so, saith Salomon, The way of the wicked is as darkenesse, they know not at what they stumble, Prou. 4. 19. Hee that hateth his brother is in darkenesse, and walketh in darkenesse, and knoweth not whether he goeth, because that darkenesse [Page 384] hath blinded his eyes, 1 Iohn 2. 11. for he that walketh in darkenesse, knoweth not whether hee goeth, Iohn 12. 35. Thus through drunkennesse, whooredome, couetousnesse, and the like, a number are so besotted, that for their liues they cannot leaue them, but rather resolue to liue in them; The drunkard shal say, they haue beaten mee, and I was not sicke, they haue stricken mee, and I felt it not, when shall I awake? I will seeke it yet againe, Prou. 23. 34. 35. Loe how they are besotted; The whoore with much faire speech caused the young man to yeeld, with the flattering of her lips; she forced him, then marke; He goeth after her straight-way, as an Oxe goeth to the slaughter, or as a foole to the correction of the stockes, till a dart strike through his liuer, as a bird hasteth to the snare, and knoweth not that it is for his life, [Page 385] Prou. 7. 21. 22. 23. Loe how fearefully and dangerously he is besotted; and no maruell they bee thus besotted with sinne, seeing as Paul saith, They walke in the vanity of their mindes, hauing their vnderstanding darkened, being alienated from the life of God, through the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindenesse of their hearts, who being past feeling; haue giuen themselues ouer vnto laciuiousnesse, to worke all vncleannesse with greedinesse, Ephes. 4. 17. 18. 19. Thus in regard of this besotting, the wicked are often termed fooles, The foole walketh in darkenesse, Eccles. 2. 14. I said vnto the fooles, deale not so foolishly, &c. Psal. 75. 4. I was enuious at the foolish, when I saw the prosperity of the wicked, Psal. 73. 3. Remember how the foolish man reproacheth thee daily, O God, Psal. 74. 22. and [Page 386] very oft in the Psalmes. Saint Paul calleth them, vnreasonable men; Pray that wee may bee deliuered from vnreasonable and wicked men, 2 Thes. 3. 2. They will not bee learned, nor vnderstand, but walke on still in darkenesse, Psal. 82. 5. And their foolish heart is darkened, Rom. 1. 21. &c. where ye may read at large of the sottishnesse of wicked men by sinne.
5 Fiftly, Sinnes are called workes of darkenesse, because they end in darkenesse; As they are practised here in the Kingdome of darkenesse, so they shall end hereafter in vtter darkenesse; They come from spirituall darkenesse, they loue materiall darknesse, they tend to, and end in, eternall darkenesse; Cast ye, saith Christ, the vnprofitable seruant into vtter darkenesse, there shall be weeping, and gnashing of [Page 387] teeth, Math. 25. And hee that had not on the wedding Garment, was commanded to bee bound hand and foote, and [...] away, and cast into [...] darkenesse, Math. 22 1 [...]. The children of the Kingdom shall bee cast out into vtter darkenesse, Math. 8. 12. There is a twofold darkenesse, 1. Inward, as blindenesse of minde; 2. Outer darkenesse, which is the eternall night of damnation. This is the end of all, and euery sinne, without repentance; For, euery sinne deserues it, Euery transgression deserues the iust recompence of reward, Heb. 2. 2. that is, eternall death, for the wages of sinne is deaeth, Rom. 6. What fruit had ye then in those things, whereof ye are now ashamed, for the end of those things is death, Rom. 6. 21. To the wicked, the mist of darkenesse is reserued for euer, 2 Pet. 2. 17. For if God spared not the [Page 388] Angels that sinned, but cast them downe to hell, and deliuered them into chaines of darkenesse, to be reserued vnto iudgement, The Lord then knoweth how to reserue the vniust vnto the day of iudgement to be punished, &c. 2 Pet. 2. 4. and 9. To whom is reserued the blacknesse of darkenesse for euer, Iude 13. Verse. The wicked are compared to bryars and thornes, which are reiected, and nigh vnto cursing, whose end is to be burned, Heb. 6. 8. Whose end is destruction, Philip. 3. 19. that is, eternall damnation, which is a separation of soule and body from God, and an adiudging of them both, to perpetuall torments in hell fire, with the diuell and his angels. And thus much of the seuerall reasons, why sinnes are called here workes of darkenesse; Now briefly of the Application & Vses of this vnto our selues.
From that which hath Obser. beene spoken concerning workes of darkenesse, wee may obserue, what an horrible, and abhominable thing Sinne is; it is most odious, and accursed; It makes a man bondslaue to Sathan▪ a pre [...] for the Diuell; seruant to it selfe, an h [...]ter of God himselfe; delighting in nothing that good is; It makes a man blinde, foolish, impions, sottish, darkening the whole [...], beginning in darkenes, and ending in vtter darkenesse, where shall be weeping and [...]shing of teeth; This is all the good that sinne doth; and howsoeuer wicked men will not beliue this, but flatter themselues in their mischiefe, and goe on still in their wickednesse, walking on still in darkenesse, yet the time shall come, as true as God hath [Page 390] spoken it, when these shall goe away into perpetuall torments, the reward of workes of darkenesse, Math. 25. 46. where they shall houle and cry in vtter darkenesse, woe and alas, that euer we were borne, thus to be tormented in this flame, neuer to be quenched, Thus we may see Sinne as i [...] were anatomized before vs and vnmasked, and laid open in his colours, to the astonishment and amazement of all that take pleasure therein, who shall bee damned, 2 Thes. 2. 12.
Vse. 1 How should the consideration of this mooue vs to make conscience of euery sinne, to hate it to the death, to loathe and abhorre it, to be quite out of loue with it, as being the bane of our soules, and the cause of the destruction both of body and soule? [Page 391] We are not of the night, nor of darkenesse, therefore let vs not sleepe in sinne, as doe others, but let vs watch, and be sober, 1 Thes. 5. 5. 6. And that knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleepe, &c. Let vs therfore cast off the work of darkenesse, and let vs put on the armour of light; Let vs walke honestly as in the day, not in rioting and drunkennesse, not in chambering and wantonnesse, not in strife and enuying, Rom. 13. 11. 12. 13. And for the better doing of this, wee must follow our Sauiour Christ, in conforming our selues to bee like him, who saith: I am the light of the world, he that followeth mee shall not walke in darkenesse, but shall haue the light of life, Iohn 8. 12.
Vse. 2 Secondly, this must teach all Gods children to blesse and praise Gods name; to shew [Page 392] forth the praises of him who hath called vs out of darkenesse, into his maruellous light. 1 Pet. 2. 9. Giuing thankes vnto the Father, which hath made vs meete to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light; who hath deliuered vs from the power of darkenesse, and hath translated vs into the kingdome of his de [...]re Sonne, Colos. 1. 12. 13. whereas otherwise wee might haue perished in vtter darkenesse; And this of the first Reason.
The second Reason why wee must not communicate with the sinnes of others, is, because all sinnes are vnfruitfull; Haue no fellowship with vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse.
Vnfruitfull workes.] That sinne is altogether vnfruitful, as it appeares here in the Text, so it is confirmed by other places of holy Scripture, shewing there is no profit in sinne. What fruit had ye then [Page 393] (saith Paul) in those things, whereof ye are now ashamed? for the end of those things is death, Rom. 6. 21. In which place wee may obserue a threefold Proposition, concerning sin, 1. euery sinne is vnfruitfull, 2. euery sinne is shamefull, 3. euery sinne is mortall. Here is a great losse no fruit, a bad end; yea, euen then, when they tooke most delight and pleasure in sinne, and gaue themselues ouer most of all to the seruice of sin, euen then, saith Paul, yee had no fruit in sinne. Saint Paul exhorteth, to maintaine good workes for necessary vses, that wee be not vnfruitfull, Tit. 3. 14. where hee doth intimate thus much, that as good workes make vs fruitfull, so euill workes, or want of workes, make vs vnfruitfull and vnprofitable. Hee that receiued his talent, and did no good with it, is called the vnprofitable [Page 394] seruant. Matth. 25. 30. The hope of the wicked is vaine, their labours vnfruitfull, their workes vnprofitable. Wisd. 3. 11. Their thoughts are vaine, their words idle, their workes sinfull, all both sinful and vnfruitfull, and therefore vnfruitfull, because sinfull, as in the Text. It was Salomons conclusion, All is vanity, and there is no profit vnder the Sunne. Eccles. 2. 11, 22. and 1. 2, 3. and 3. 9. at large in that booke.
Obiect. But it may bee obiected; How can sinne be called vnfruitfull, whereas, a number get great gaine, and enrich themselues by sinning, as by Lying, Stealing, Whoring, and Bawdery, Cruelty, Oppression, Bribery, Extortion, Couetousnesse, Vsury, False dealing, Deceitfull Weights and Measures, and the like? [Page 395] many come to great wealth by these; sinne therefore is profitable.
Answ. This is no true gaine, neither doth it profit any, but beeing gotten by vnlawfull meanes, is both wicked and abhominable; and as the Fathers commonly say, Nil prodest luerifacere temporalia, si perdantur eterna: It nothing profiteth to gaine temporall things, and to lose eternall; For what is a man profited, if hee shall gaine the whole world, and lose his owne soule? Matth. 16. 26. So, what profit doe yee call that, when men get neuer so much, by the forenamed sinnes, and afterwards lose their soules for their labour?
The scope of the Apostle here, is to stirre vp the faithfull to fruitfulnesse, and to [Page 396] leade their liues fruitfully and profitably, that so they may walke proouing what is pleasing to God; As if he should haue said, Yee cannot possibly please God, neither can your conuersation bee answerable to your profession, if you communicate with wicked men in their sinnes, which are altogether vnfruitfull. This place is well explained, Col [...]ss. 1. 9, 10. beeing in effect all one; there the Apostle saith, Wee cease not to pray for you, and to desire you, that yee might be filled with the knowledge of Gods will, in all wisedome and spirituall vnderstanding: That ye might walke worthy of the Lord, vnto all pleasing, being fruitfull in euery good worke, &c. What is this, I say, but the same with this Text, Walke-proouing what is well-pleasing to GOD, And haue no fellowship with vnfruitfull [Page 397] workes? If we would walke worthy of the Lord, and as becommeth our profession, then we must learne to know his will, and please him; If wee would please him, then wee must be fruitfull in euery good worke; If wee would bee fruitfull in euery good worke, then we must haue no fellowship with the sinnes of the wicked, for they are all vnfruitfull; yea, howsoeuer our profession is if we liue in the practise of these vnfruitfull workes, or haue the least communion with them, Wee may professe wee know God, but by our workes wee denie him, beeing abhominable, and disobedient, and to euery good worke reprobate. Tit. 1. 16.
It is the saying of the Apostle, All Scripture is giuen by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproofe, for correction, for instruction in [Page 398] righteousnes, that the man of God may bee perfect, throughly furnished to all good workes. 2. Tim. 3. 16, 17. If all Scripture, then this of the Text, aiming at this, that men should be fruitfull; This is a faithfull saying, and these things I will that thou affirme constantly, that they which haue beleeued in God, might bee carefull to maintaine good works, these things are good & profitable vnto men. But auoid foolish questions, and genealogies, and contentions, and striuings about the Law, for they are vnprofitable, and vaine. Tit. 3. 8, 9. and so it is true of all other sinnes whatsoeuer, they are vnprofitable, vaine, and vnfruitful: Indeed the bad fruits and effects of sinne are manifold; and wicked men bring foorth most vile fruits in their liues and conuersations, but there is no good fruit neither in sinne nor sinners; Yee shall [Page 399] know them by their fruits; Doe men gather grapes of thornes, or figges of thistles? Euen so euery good tree brings forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth foorth euill fruit; A corrupt tree cannot bring foorth good fruit. Mat. 7. 16, 17, 18. &c.
Vnfruitfull workes.] Sinnes are said to be vnfruitfull, many wayes; both in regard of God, our selues, or others; and this both in regard of soule and body, goods, or good name, as I will shew in order.
1 First, In regard of God; Sinne is vnfruitfull in regard of God, both in regard of himselfe. 2. in respect of his word. In regard of himselfe; 1. Because it is most iniurious vnto him; We indeede doe hurt our selues, hurt our neighbours, but the party most iniured is God himselfe [Page 400] as being the Law-giuer, commanding what is to be done, and forbidding what is to bee vndone; yea, as Aquinas saith, (God beeing infinite in greatnesse and goodnesse, infinite in might, power, maiesty and mercie,) Sinne may bee not vnfitly tearmed, as it were an infinite iniurie; Dauid seemed to haue sinned most against Vriah, in committing adultery with his wife, in making of him drunk, in causing him to be murdered, as wee reade at large, 2. Sam. 11. yet, as acknowledging, God most of all to bee iniured, beeing reprooued by Nathan, said, I haue sinned against the Lord. 2. Sam. 12. 13. yea, he cries out in the Psalme, Against thee, against thee onely [...]aue I sinned, and done this euill in thy sight. Psalm. 51. 4 So when Ioseph was intised to adultery, he acknowledged [Page 401] God to bee most iniured, and therefore would not, durst not, saying, How shall I doe this great wickednesse, and sinne against God? Gen. 39. 9. Thus it is said of Ananias and Saphira, who told a lie; Peter tells Ananias, Thou hast not lied vnto men, but vnto God. Acts 5. 4. yea, the deuill filled his heart to lie to the holy Ghost, vers. 3. Thus by sinne, God the Father is highly displeased, 2. Sam. 11. 27. The Sonne of God, Christ Iesus, crucified afresh, and put to an open shame. Hebr. 6. 6. The holy Ghost grieued. Ephes. 4. 30. Sinne therefore in regard of God himselfe is vnfruitfull.
2 Secondly, in regard of himselfe, because sinne tends onely and wholly to the dishonour of his Name, Whereas, All things must bee done to the glory of God. 1. Cor. 10. 31. sinne dishonoureth and disglorifieth [Page 402] God. Through breaking of the Law thou dishonourest God; The Name of God is blasphemed through such. Rom. 2. 23. Thus when they knew God, they glorified him not as God, but became vaine, &c. Rom. 1. 21.
3 Thirdly, sinne is vnfruitfull in regard of the Gospell; both in that it disgraceth the Gospell, as also in hindring vs from profiting by it. First, whereas, onely our conuersation must bee as becommeth the Gospell of Christ. Philipp. 1. 27. and wee must adorne the doctrine of God our Sauiour in all things. Titus 2. 10. yet, sinne doth nothing but disgrace and discredit the Gospel, causing the same and the professors thereof to bee euill spoken of; The word of God is blasphemed. Titus 2. 5. Againe, the Gospell cannot profit vs, because of ignorance, vnbeliefe; want of [Page 403] faith, &c. The Gospell was preached vnto them of old time, but did not profit them, because it was not mixt with faith, in those who heard it. Heb. 4. 2.
4 Fourthly, Sinne is vnfruitful in regard of our selues; First, In regard of our soules; For sinne vndooeth the soule for euer, it destroyeth it; both in that it stoppes the way to mercie, as also hindereth the meanes of saluation, as the Word, Sacraments, Prayer, and the like; yea, though a man could gaine the whole world, yet its no true gaine, when through sinne hee loseth his owne soule. Matth. 16. 26. A wicked man may seeme to bee in great prosperitie outwardly, as Psalm. 73. 3. &c. but its no true prosperitie; for hee that hideth his sinnes shall not prosper. Prou. 28. 13. that is, his soule shall not prosper; and then woe be vnto [Page 404] them, if their soule prosper not. Secondly, in regard of our bodies; witnesse the manifold plagues, iudgements, punishments, sickenesses, diseases, crosses, afflictions, which sinne doth pull vpon vs; as wee see plainely, yet lamentably set forth, at large, Deut. 28. Leuit. 26. where in reading you shall vnderstand. It causeth death, not onely the corporall death, but eternall, both of soule and body; Destruction is from our selues; (namely for sinne.) Hos. 13. 9. Man suffereth for his sinne Lament. 3. 39. The wages of sinne is death. Rom. 6. 23. And euery transgression deserueth the iust recompense of reward. Heb. 2. 2. Destruction shall bee to the workers of iniquitie. Prou. 10. 29. The peruercenesse of transgressors shall destroy them. Prou. 11. 3. Infinite are the proofes hereof, that sinne is [Page 405] most vnfruitfull both in regard of soule and body, as beeing most hurtfull to both. Thirdly, in regard of our goods and outward estate; for either it hindereth, from receiuing good at Gods hand; or else causeth a curse vpon them being receiued; either outward things shall not goe well with vs, or they shall bee as snares vnto vs, heaping vp wrath against the day of wrath. Your iniquities haue separated betweene you, and your God; and your sinnes haue hid his face from you, that he will not heare, &c. Esay 59. 2, 3. If a nation doe euill in Gods sight, that it obey not his voyce, then God will repent of the good, wherewith hee sayd hee would benefit them. I'er. 18. 10. If yee will not heare, and if yee wll not lay it to heart, to giue glory vnto my Name, saith the Lord of hostes, I will [Page 406] euen send a curse vpon you, and will curse your blessings, yea, I haue cursed them already, because yee doe not lay it to heart; Behold, I will corrupt your seed, &c. Malac. 2, 2. &c. Fourthly, In regard of our good name; Sinne brings vpon vs nothing but bad report, shame, disgrace, reproach, yea, such as wil neuer be done away. Hee that committeth adultery with a woman lacketh vnderstanding; hee that doth it, destroyeth his owne soule; A wound and dishonour shall hee get, and his reproach shall not bee wiped away. Prou. 6. 33. A wicked man is loathsome, and commeth to shame. Prou. 13. 5. What fruit had yee then in those things, whereof ye are now ashamed? Rom. 6. 21. Thus, Euill pursueth sinners. Prou. 13. 21. The curse of the Lord is in the house of the wicked. Prou. 3. 33. And sinne is a reproach to any [Page 407] people. Prou. 14. verse 34.
In a word; Sinne is vnfruitfull in regard of others: For hereby wee doe greatly offend the weake brethren, Icandalize the Church, and harden the wicked in their sinnes, and confirme them in their wickednesse; By sinne, wee lay a stumbling blocke in the way, and cause others to fall; A violent man entiseth his neighbour, and leadeth him into the way that is not good. Pro. 16. 29. Wicked men sleepe not, except they haue done mischiefe, and their sleepe is taken away, vnlesse they cause some to fall. Prou. 4. 16. How vnprofitable and vnfruitfull all these wayes are, appeareth. For he that offendeth one of the litle ones that beleeue in Christ, it were better for him that a milstone were hanged about his necke, and that hee were drowned in the depth of the sea. Woe vnto [Page 408] the world because of offences, Woe to that man by whom the offence commeth. Matt. 18. 6, 7. And when wee harden and confirme others in sinne, what is this but to iustifie the vngodly, which is abomination to the Lord? Prou. 17. 15. yea, such are accursed, Prou. 24. 24. Esay 5. 23. Briefly; what is the cause of subuersion of Kingdomes, alteration of Princes, and the like? is it not sinne? For the transgression of a land, many are the Princes thereof. Prou. 28. 2. But what shall I say more? I cannot sufficiently expresse the vnfruitfulnesse of sinne; but as the Text hath it, so Salomon confirmes it, Treasures of wickednesse profit nothing. Prou. 10. 2. And thus I end this Doctrine: The Vses follow.
Vse. 1 Is sinne so vnfruitful? This [Page 409] then sheweth the folly, and condemneth the madnesse of wicked men, who giue themselues to nothing more than sinne, wherein is no profit at all, and neglect godlinesse, which is greatest gaine. 1. Tim. 6. 6. Let all such remember, if a man must giue account for euery idle word. Matth. 12. 36. much more for euery idle, vnfruitfull and vnprofitable worke; For euery tree that bringeth not f [...]orth good fruit, is hewen downe, and cast into the fire. Matth. 3. 10. The vnprofitable seruant shall bee cast into vtter darkenesse, where shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. Matth. 25. and yet to see the madnesse of men, as Salomon speakes, that fooles make but a sport of sinne. Prou. 19. 23.
Vse. 2 Let vs auoide euery sinne, and the occasions therof, and labour to become godly, [Page 410] practising good wotkes, and bringing forth fruits of godlinesse, this will make vs that wee shall not bee vnfruitfull; For godlinesse is profitable to all things, hauing promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come. 1. Tim. 4. 8. Let vs learne to maintaine good workes for necessary vses, that we be not vnfruitfull, Tit. 3. 14. This is a faithfull saying, and these things I will that thou affirme constantly, that they which haue belieued in God, might be carefull to maintaine good works these things are good and profitable vnto men; as Tit. 3. 8.
Lastly, this must teach [...] all to repent heartily of o [...] vnfruitfulnesse, idlenesse, an [...] vnprofitablenesse, as kno [...] ing that if we liue and die vnfruitfulnesse, our case fearefull and damnable, hath beene prooued; B [...] [Page 411] forth therefore fruits meete for repentance, Math. 3. 8. And so, I pray God, that ye may walke worthy of the Lord, vnto all pleasing, being fruitfull in euery good worke. Coloss. 1. 9, 10.
THE THIRD STEPPE, and sixt SERMON.
HItherto of the Dehortation; Now followes the second part of this verse, viz. an Exhortation, But reprooue them rather; In the former the Apostle dehorts; first, from doing the former euils mentioned; secondly, from communicating [Page 413] with those that do them; thirdly, in these words hee exhorts to a contrary dutie, to reprooue sinne; which is not barely, but emphatically propounded, as the word (rather) d [...]th import; as if he had said, So farre be it from you, that yee should in any case communicate with such vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse, as that yee ought rather to reprooue them than to haue the least to doe with them, and that, by conuincing the doers of them, that such workes are altogethet euill, vnfruitfull, hurtfull, yea, damnable, and therefore to be auoided; that others being thus reprooued, and conuicted, may be brought to a sight and knowledge of their sinnes, and so repent and be saued, and not suffered to run on headlong in their sinnes to their owne destruction, as [Page 414] many doe for want of reproofe; From this Dehortation and Exhortation thus ioyned together, ariseth a twofold obseruation.
First, hence I gather, that Obser. 1. it's not sufficient, not to doe euill, but we must doe good; It is a fault in a number, that please themselues in this, that they are not such notorious euill liuers as many are, yea, but obserue them well, they doe no good; But, as we must cease to doe euill, so wee must learne to doe well, Esay 1. 16. 17. As wee must put off the old man with his workes, which ar [...] corrupt, so wee must be renewe [...] in the spirit of our mindes, a [...] put on the new man, &c. A [...] we must not lye, so we must spea [...] truth; As we must not steale, [...] we must labour rather, worki [...] that which is good, &c. Eph [...] 4. 22. to the end. As we mu [...] [Page 415] dye vnto sinne, so wee must liue vnto righteousnesse. As wee must not communicate with vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse, so we must rather reprooue them.
Who so will reprooue Obser. 2. sinne, must not be tainted with euill, neither communicate with euill; We must first put in practise the Dehortation, before wee can well performe the Exhortation; Wee must first pull the beame out of our owne eye, before wee can see to pull the moate out of our brothers eye, Math. 7. 5. We cannot reprooue sinne in others, and bee as bad our selues, either doing euill or communicating with it; but of these by the way, and more fully afterwards.
But reprooue them rather.] These words containe the Third Steppe of the Christian Mans Walke; alluding to [Page 416] a third property of the Sun. As the Sunne by her light, doth discouer lay open, and make manifest, things in secret and vnknowne, (For it is light that maketh all things manifest, Ephes. 5. 13.) So Christians who are made light in the Lord, should labour to discouer the sinnes of others vnto their faces, conuincing them, that they are thus and thus guilty of this and that sinne, and make it manifest to the shame of the doer, and so to reprooue him for it, seeking the glory of God in the good of our brethren.
In handling of these words, I obserue two things concerning Christian reproofe. 1. The Matter. 2. The Manner. In the Matter it selfe, consider three things, 1. the dutie, Reprooue. 2. who must reprooue? The children of light; as appeares from 8. Verse [Page 417] 3. What must be reprooued? viz. not so much the persons of men, as their sinnes; But rather reprooue them. First of the dutie.
Reprooue.] This word in the originall is more significant, than can be fitly expressed in one English word; and therefore in diuers places of holy Scripture it's diuersly translated, yet all tending to the same effect; Commonly, in this sence; to reprooue, as here, and else-where; and thus it is taken either actiuely, or passiuely; Actiuely, as here, and 2 Tim. 4. 2. [...], reprooue: Passiuely, as Iohn 3. 20. He that doth euill, commeth not to the light, [...]; lest his deedes should bee reprooued. Sometimes it is translated to rebuke, which is somewhat different from the former, as may appeare [Page 418] by Pauls words, distinguishing them; 2 Tim. 4. 2. Reprooue, Rebuke, &c. thus it is, 1 Tim. 5. 20. Them that sinne, [...], rebuke before all; and many other places. But most properly, the word ( [...]) signifies to conuince; and thus it is often vsed; as 1 Cor. 14. 24. If all prophecie, and there come in one that beleeueth not, or one vnlearned, [...], he is conuinced of all; So it is taken passiuely; so, Tit. 1. 9. A Bishop must be able to exhort by wholesome and sound doctrine, [...], and to conuince the gainesaiers. So, I am. 2. 9. If ye haue respect to persons, yee commit sinne, [...] &c. being conuinced of the law, as transgressors. So, Epist. Iude, and 15. Ʋerse. Christ commeth with ten thousands of his Saints, to execute iudgement vpon [Page 421] all, [...], &c. to conuince all that are vngodly, & thus it is taken actiuely. All which significations, laid together, the sence is this. Conuince them in their consciences of the fore-named sinnes, as fornication, all vncleannesse, couetousnesse, filthinesse, foolish talking, iesting vnseemely, idolatry, and the like; Conuince them, I say, that they are altogether euill, vile, abhominable, vnfruitfull, and without repentance, damnable, and therefore to be auoided; and so thinke it not sufficient, that you auoid them in your selues, but they being so conuicted, proceed to reprooue and rebuke them, and as occasion shall serue, correct them, labouring by al meanes to bring them out of those sinnes, and not suffer them to perish in their sinnes. And this for the meaning.
Hence I obserue in the Obser. 1. first place, that it is the dutie of euery Christian in generall, and each one in particular, to reprooue the sinnes and vices of these times, which wee shall see to bee in others, as well as to auoide them in our selues; This is that Christian zeale that ought to be in euery one, not to endure euill; not to suffer sinne to rest vpon our brethren; So zealous ought wee to be for Gods glory, and so louing vnto our brethren, as by Christian reproofe to stop the course of sinne. Wee are redeemed by Christ from all iniquitie, to be a peculiar people, zealous of good workes, Tit. 2. 14. Now, one maine good worke, is Christian reproofe. This is strictly enjoyned by. God himselfe; saying, Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thy [Page 421] heart; thou shalt in any wise rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer sinne vpon him, Leuit. 19. 17. Whence we may gather, That, as not reproouing, is a signe of hatred of our brother, so reproouing is a meanes to make men leaue their sinnes. It is cruelty vnto men; and vnkindenesse towards God, not to reprooue sinne; cruelty to men, because wee knowing and seeing it, yet suffer them to perish, and will not hold them backe, so much as we can, when we see them straying to their owne destruction: Vnkindenesse towards God, because wee seeke not Gods glory in the good of our brethren, wee shew no dislike of their sins, we are not grieued, with Lot, at their wicked conuersations; We are but disloyall and vnfaithfull subiects to our heauenly King, when we suffer [Page 422] any to speake euill of him, or doe euill against him, and yet wee will neuer set our selues against them; Wee are but vnkinde and dishonest children, who will heare so good a Father, so wronged, and we not to seeke to maintaine his glory; yea, it is a despising of Gods Maiestie, when wee rebuke not mens vices.
Vse. 1 This especially concerne Ministers, to be diligent and painefull in Preaching the Word, giuing the people warning, and reproouing their vices; This hath beene the vsuall practise of all the Prophets and Apostles, and our Sauiour himselfe; Many Ministers are fouly faulty it this, who sow Pillowes vnde [...] mens elbowes, singing altogether mercy, and not iudgement, speaking pleasing [Page 423] things, and either for fauour, feare, or affection, neither will nor dare reprooue their peoples sinnes; or if they doe, it is partially, reproouing some, not other-some; for feare of ill-will, discontent, and displeasure; thus fearing men more then God; so they may please men, care not how God is dishonoured; But let all Ministers take vp the counsell of God by the Prophet: Cry aloude, spare not, lift vp thy voice like a Trumpet, and shew my people their transgressions, and the house of Iacob their sinnes, Esay 58. 1. Let vs take heede to that charge which Saint Paul giueth vs to discharge; I charge thee before God, and the Lord Iesus Christ, &c. Preach the word, bee instant in season, and out of season, reprooue, rebuke, exhort with all long-suffering and doctrine, 2 Tim. 4. 1. 2. [Page 424] For all Scripture is profitable, for doctrine, for reproofe, for correction, for instruction in righteousnesse, that the man of God may be perfect, throughly furnished to all good workes, 2 Tim. 3. 16. 17.
Vse. 2 Secondly, this concernes Magistrates; as Ministers by the word, so they by the Sword must reprooue sinne; They must punish sinne and vice, and seeke a reformation in the Common-wealth; A Ruler must be a terrour to euill workes; Hee must not beare the Sword in vaine, for hee is the Minister of God, a reuenger to execute wrath vpon him that doth euill, Rom. 13. 3. 4. And for this cause, Magistrates must take heede of partiality, bribes, receiuing of gifts, respecting of persons, and the like, which doe greatly hinder the execution of iustice, [Page 425] especially when they are to sit in the seate of Iudgement; yea, these make them to bee so farre from reproouing and punishing of malefactors, as that rather they doe harden them in their wickednesse, and incourage them to doe euill, and they themselues become accessary to the sinnes of malefactors; Let Magistrates therefore hearken diligently vnto that good counsell of that good King Iehoshaphat, and the more regard it, because spoken by a King to the Iudges; Take heed what ye doe; for ye iudge not for man, but for the Lord, who is with you in the iudgement; Wherefore now, let the feare of God be vpon you, take heed, and doe it; for there is no iniquitie with the Lord our God, nor respect of persons, nor taking of gifts, 2 Chron. 19. 6. 7. Thou shalt not wrest iudgement, thou [Page 426] shalt not respect persons, neither take a gift; for a gift doth blinde the eyes of the wise, and peruert the words of the righteous, Deut. 16. 19. yee shall doe no vnrighousnesse in iudgement, thou shalt not respect the person of the poore, nor honour the person of the mightie, Leuit. 19. 15. Neither shalt thou countenance a poore man in his cause, Exod. 23. 3. Thus shall yee doe in the feare of the Lord, faithfully, and with a perfect heart, &c. And yee shall warne them that they trespasse not against the Lord, and so wrath come vpon you, 2 Chron. 19. 9. 10.
Vse. 3 This condemneth the practise of many Parents, and Masters of Families, who altogether neglect this dutie of reproouing their Children and Seruants; though sinne lyeth at the doore, and they know it daily committed by [Page 427] them, yet are silent, winking at their saults, though most horrible, either seeing and not seeing, or seeing and not correcting; Thus though they know them to liue in daily drunkennesse, whooredome, theft, pride, wantonnesse, dicing, and gaming, idlenesse; lasciuiousnesse, in swearing, and swaggering, in reuelling and rioting day and night, yet are so farre from this reproouing, as rather they are ready to backe and boulster them in their wicked courses, and no man must controll them; Such Parents and Masters haue a fearefull account to make at the last day; and besides, they hold their children and seruants in sinne; and in what them lieth, plunge their soules into euerlasting destruction, suffering them to runne on headlong the broad way to hell, when [Page 428] as they may and ought to reclaime and restraine them; These are farre from Dauids minde, who would not suffer a wicked person in his house, Psal. 101. But what saith Salomon? Chasren thy Sonne, while there is hope, and let not thy soule spare for his crying, Prou. 19. 18. The blewnesse of the wound cleanseth away euill, Prou. 20. 30. With-hold not correction from the childe; for if thou beate him with the rod, hee shall not die; Thou shalt beate him with the rod, and shalt deliuer his soule from hell, Prou. 23. 13. 14. Foolishnesse is bound in heart of a childe, but the rod of correction shall driue it farre from him, Prou 22. 15. But it is an heauy case to thinke, how many children come to vntimely ends, some to the Gallowes, some to the Stab, some to make away themselues, for want of Parents [Page 429] education in not bringing them vp in the instruction and information of the Lord; Many children may curse their parents for this, and vndoubtedly will curse them in hell hereafter; In a word, this condemneth the most, who suffer their neighbours to sinne commonly, and either for feare, fauour, affection, or some other sinister end, neither will nor dare reprooue them, where [...]s God saith expresly, Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thy heart, but shalt plainely rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer sinne vpon him. Leuit. 19. 17. Yea, let all such know, that they are guilty of his sinne. Leu. 5. 1, &c.
Vse. 4 Lastly; This must teach all to suffer themselues to bee reprooued, especially in the ministery of the Word. It is the counsell of Saint Paul: Suffer the words of exhortation. [Page 430] Hebr. 13. 22. So say I, Suffer the wordes of reprehension; Wee must know, that if wee will bee liuely stones of the spirituall building, wee must bee first rough-hewen by the law, and then smoothed and plained by the Gospell; wee must heare of iudgement as well as mercie; wee must endure the bitter pilles of reproofe, as well as the sugar of affectionate perswasions; wee must apply as willingly the corasiues of the Law, [...] the cordials of the Gospell; knowing what Salomon saith, Open rebuke is better than secret loue. Prou 27. 5. Quest. But what if people will no [...] suffer reproofe? Answ. Th [...] perill bee vpon their own [...] heads; the Minister hath discharged his owne soule; [...] God by the Prophet spea [...] eth; If thou warne the wick [...] of his way to turne from it; if [...] [Page 431] doe not turne from his way, hee shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast deliuered thy soule. Ezek. 33. 9. But this is the common fault of the most, to heare the Minister, so long as hee sing placentia, id est, pleasing things, speaking words of eloquence, vsing flattering words, sowing pillowes vnder mens elbowes; but if hee launce the sore, and touch them to the quicke, they hate him, they renounce him; They are so impudent, as hee was to Moses, saying, Who made thee a ruler ouer vs? Exo. 2. 14. or else so shamelesse and ouer-saucie, like Korah and his company, who told Moses and Aaron, Yee take too much vpon you. Numb. 16. 3. Yet God commands, Cry aloud, and spare not, lift vp thy voyce like a trumpet; shew my people their transgression, &c. Esay 58. 1.
Now because we are backward to imbrace this doctrine of reproofe, let vs briefly obserue these re [...]sons, to mooue vs all thereunto.
1 First; it is Gods Commandement, that sinne should be reprooued; and so it is a contempt of Gods Commandement to despise it; for God saith, Thou shalt plainely rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer sinne vpon him. Leuit. 19. 17. Cry aloud and spare not, lift vp thy voice like a trumpet, and shew my people their transgression, and the house of Iacob their sinnes. Esay 58. 1. Preach the word, reprooue, rebuke, &c. 2. Tim. 4. 2. Let vs all remember, it is God who speaketh out of his word by his Ministers. See therefore, that yee refuse not him that speaketh, for [...] they escaped not, that refusel him that spake on the earth, [Page 433] much more shall not wee escape if wee turne away from him that speaketh from heauen. Hebr. 12. 25.
2 Secondly; Consider the excellencie of reproofe; both in the reproouer, and reprooued. Hee that regardeth reproofe is prudent. Prou. 15. 5. Hee is in the way of life that keepeth instruction. Prou. 10. 17. As an earering of gold, and an ornament of fine gold, so is a wise reproouer vpon an obedient eare, Prou. 25. 12. Let the righteous smite, it shall bee a kindnesse; and let him reprooue mee, it shall bee an excellent oyle, or precious balme. Psal. 141. 5. Reproofes of instruction are the way of life. Prou. 6. 23.
3 Thirdly; Consider the profit of reproofe. It is better to heare the rebuke of the wise, than for a man to heare the song of fooles. Eccles. 7. 5. It may be the song of fooles is more [Page 434] pleasing, and delightfull to the flesh, but the rebuke of the wise is more profitable to the soule. The eare that heareth the reproofe of life, abideth among the wise; Hee that heareth reproofe, getteth vnderstanding. Prou. 15. 31, 32. Hee that regardeth reproofe shall bee honoured. Prou. 13. 18.
4 Fourthly; Consider the Necessitie of reproofe, and the danger of refusing it. He that hateth reproofe is bruitish. Prou. 12. 1. Hee that hateth reproofe shall die. Prou. 15. 10. Pouertie and shame shall be to him that refuseth instruction. Prou. 13. 18. Hee that refuseth reproofe, erreth. Prou. 10. 17. Notable is that place of Salomon to this purpose; Because (saith God) you haue set at naught all my Commaundements, and would none of my reproofe, I also will laugh at your calamitie. I will mocke when your feare commeth; [Page 435] when your feare commeth as desolation, and your destruction commeth as a whirle-wind, when distresse and anguish commeth vpon you; Then shall they call vpon me, but I will not answere; they shall seeke mee early, but they shall not finde mee, for that they hated knowledge, and did not chuse the feare of the Lord; They would none of my counsell, they despised all my reproofe, Pro. 1. 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30.
5 Fiftly; To hate reproofe, is a property and signe of a notorious wicked man, and of such an one, as sitteth downe in the seate of the scornefull; Who refuseth to heare the voyce of the charmer, charme hee neuer so wisely. Psal. 58. 5. A scorner heareth not reproofe. Prou. 13. 1. Our Sauiour Christ put this difference betweene the godly, and the wicked; For euery one [Page 436] that doth euill, hateth the light; neither commeth to the light, left his deedes should bee reprooued. But hee that doth trueth, commeth to the light, that his deedes may bee made manifest, that they are wrought in God. Iohn 3. 20, 21. A scorner will hate him that reprooueth him. Prou. 9. 8.
In a word; Those that hate reproofe, pull vpon themselues swift damnation, and endlesse destruction. Thus saith God to the wicked, Thou hatest instruction, and castest my words behinde thee, &c. But I will reprooue thee, and set them in order before thee, Psalm. [...]0 16, to 21. Thus when they shall say peace and safety, (promising to themselues most security) Then shall sudden destruction come vpon them, as trauaile vpon a woman with childe, and they shall not escape. 1. Thes. 5. 3. according to that remarkable [Page 437] saying of Salomon; He that beeing often reprooued, hardeneth his necke, shall suddenly bee destroyed, and that without remedie. Prou. 29. 1.
Secondly, whereas the Obser. [...]. word translated, Reprooue, signifieth in the originall, to Conuince; Hence further I obserue, what is the right order and direct course in the dutie of reproouing; namely intending the good of the partie, to conuince him in his conscience of his fault, making it manifest, that it is a sinne in him, and so to proceede to reprooue, rebuke, admonish, and checke him; and if occasion serue, to giue due correction; that the partie so conuicted may bee brought to a sight of his sin, and to amendment: It is therefore a preposterous and rash course suddenly to reprooue [Page 438] bluntly, without conuincing the conscience of the offender. Wee must follow the example of God himselfe in this, viz. So to reprooue the partie, as to set in order before his eyes the things that hee hath done. Psalm. 50. 21. If all prophesie, and there come in one that beleeueth not, or one vnlearned, hee is conuinced of all, hee is iudged of all; and thus are the secrets of his heart made manifest, and so falling downe on his face hee will worship God, and report, that GOD is in you of a trueth. 1. Corinth. 14. 24, 25. Without this conuincing, our reproofes wil be in vaine; the party reprooued will bee more hardened, and grow more desperate, and so wee shall doe more hurt than good; besides, wee shall bee counted false accusers, and busi-bodies in other mens matters. And thus of the duty, Reprooue.
2 The Second point in the matter, is concerning the persons, who must reprooue. It is a duety which indeed concernes all men; all ought to doe it, all should doe it, though indeede all cannot: None are excepted, none exempted; for that rule is indefinite, and concernes all, Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thy heart, but thou shalt plainly rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer sinne vpon him. Leuit. 19. 17. Here is a commaundement generall. Indeed none ought to reproue either with scandall to himselfe or others, or with hurt and hinderance to the party reprooued, because euery one should bee cleare at least of open crimes, yet such are not simply freed from the performance of this duty. But more properly, and in a more speciall manner, [Page 440] this dutie belongs to those that are regenerate by the Spirit of God, and truly conuerted; who are come out of their natural estate, and become spirituall; who being once darkenesse, are now made light in the Lord, walking as children of the light, as appeareth from the [...]. verse; Yee were once darkenesse, but now are light in the Lord, walke as children of light, proouing what is pleasing to the Lord, And haue no fellowship with vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse, but rather reprooue them. They are called children of light, who beeing come out of the darknesse of their sinnes, ignorance and errour, are renewed in the spirit of their mind, beeing endued with the true knowledge of God, hauing their vnderstanding enlightned, their iudgements informed, their heart and liues reformed, [Page 441] their wills rectified, their affections sanctified, and the whole man conformed to the will of God. As on the contrary, They are said to bee children of darkenesse, who walke in the vanity of their mind; hauing the vnderstanding darkened, beeing altenated from the life of God, through the ignorance that is in them, because of their hardnesse of their heart; who beeing past feeling, haue giuen themselues ouer vnto lasciuiousnesse, to worke all vncleannesse with greedinesse. Ephes. 4. 17, 18, 19. vnto these latter this dutie doth not so properly belong; Therefore Saint Paul directly pointeth at the parties who must reprooue; viz. children of light, expressing himselfe pl [...]inely else-where, Brethren, if any man bee suddenly ouertaken in any offence, yee which are [spirituall] restore such a one in the [Page 442] spirit of meekenesse, Galath. 6. 1. and in this place, Paul speakes not so much of reproofe by word, as by deed, by the light of an holy life, which wicked men cannot performe.
Vse 1 This deepely condemneth all those that haue no care of their brethren; and therefore, though they sinne openly, and commonly, yet neuer reprooue them, as thinking it a dutie not belonging to their charge, and nothing concernes them; These are right of Caine his disposition, Am I my brothers keeper? Gen. 4. 9. therefore let them sinke or swimme, what is that to vs? let them looke to it whom it concernes, for my part I will not meddle in it; This I say, is the common sinne of these times, most seuerely to be censured; for by [Page 443] this meanes, hee which may saue a soule, and will not, (which often times may bee done by this Christian reproofe) doth in effect, in what him lieth, kill and destory his brothers soule, which indeed often-times perisheth for want of brotherly correction & reproofe: Many haue a care of the good of the bodies of others, and they are bound in conscience so to doe; much more care then ought they to haue of the good of their soules, being farre more precious than the bodie? And looke how farre a man excels a beast, so farre should wee regard the good of our brethren more than a beast. It is written, if we see our enemies Oxe or Asse to wander or goe astray, we must turne him backe, much more our brother going the broad way to destruction. Now to [Page 444] stirre vs vp to the performance of this dutie, let vs obserue what Saint Iames saith, Brethren, if any of you doe erre from the truth, and one conuert him, let him know, that hee which conuerteth a sinner from the errour of his way, shall saue a soule from death, and shall hide a multitude of sinnes, Iam. 5. 19. 20.
Vse. 2 This teacheth vs, that God doth not giue vnto vs his gifts of grace, for our selues alone, but for the good and benefit of others also; as wee are to obserue Gods Commandements in our selues, so to preserue them in others; as we are enlightened our selues, so to enlighten others, labouring to bring them to the faith, which many times is done by due reproofe, either by word, or deed, or both. This is agreeable to that, No [Page 445] man lights a candle, and puts it vnder a bushell, but sets it on a Candlesticke, that it may giue light to all in the house, Math. 5. 15. signifying, that we must not conceale those gifts which God giueth vs, but employ them to the good of others; according to that remarkable saying; When thou art conuerted, strengthen thy brethren, Luke 22. 32. especially this concernes Ministers, as Paul saith, The dispensation is giuen mee to you-ward, Ephes. 3. 2. Ʋnto mee the least of all Saints, is this grace giuen, that I should Preach to the Gentiles, &c. Ephes. 3. 8.
Vse. 3 Thirdly, what must be reprooued? The Text saith, Reprooue them rather; [Them.] This may bee vnderstood, either of wicked men who are darkenesse, or of their sinnes which are workes of darkenesse; [Page 446] In this place, the Apostle speaketh properly of their sinnes; Haue no fellowship with vnfruitfull workes of darkenesse, but reprooue them, that is, works of darkenesse; Sinnes then are to be reprooued. Quest. But may not persons themselues be reprooued? Answ. All that are of the visible Church, at lest in shew and outward profession, who are brethren in religion (though false brethren) if they be of the same particular Church, liuing vnder the same particular gouernement, or being of another Church, yet professe the same religion with vs, may and ought to bee reprooued and censured. Thus, Kings and Princes, the mighty Potentates, Magistrates, Ministers and all Superiours are subiect to reproofe, as well as others. Thus Nathan reprooued King Dauid, first, in a [Page 447] parable, afterwards directly, Thou art the man, 2 Sam. 12. 1. to 7. Thus Azariah the Priest, with fourescore more Priests of the Lord, that were valiant men, withstood King Ʋzziah, and reprooued him sharpely, for burning incense to the Lord, whereas it nothing pertained to him, but onely to the Priests; Goe out of the sanctuary, say they, for thou hast trespassed, neither shall it bee for thine honour from the Lord God, 2 Chron. 26. 17. 18. Thus Paul reprooued Peter to his sace, Gal. 2. 11. to 15. and Paul bids the Colossians, to say vnto Archippus, Take heede to thy Ministery, which thou hast receiued in the Lord, that thou fulfill it, Col. 4. 17▪ But on the contrarie, this reproofe belongs not to those which are out of the visible Church, as Iewes Turkes, Pagans, and the like; reproofe being a [Page 448] part of Ecclesiasticall discipline reacheth not to such; as Paul saith, What haue I to doe to iudge them that are without? i. e. those that are out of the Church, 1 Cor. 5. 11. 12. And here, by the way, I obserue, that those Magistrates, Monarches, Ministers, and other Superiours, that will not endure the least reproofe, doe herein contemne Gods ordinance, and are greatly to be censured; Let Superiours remember, they haue many that will flatter them, but few that will or dare reprooue them; whereas they being in highest place, are more subiect to falling, and so most need of reproofe. But what saith Salomon? He that rebuketh a man, afterwards, shall finde more fauour, than hee that flattereth with the tongue, Prou. 28. 23.
But the scope of the Apostle [Page 449] in this place, as I haue obserued, is to shew rather what must bee reprooued; namely, all Sinne whatsoeuer, knowne and certaine; be it lesse or great; against God or man; euen iniuries and wrongs, especially publique, though not alwaies priuate; publique, I say, which are dishonourable to God himselfe, scandalous to his Church, peruitious to him that committeth them.
Hence then I gather, that Obser. the maine thing to be aymed at in our reproofes, is Sinne in man, not so much man himselfe; it is Sinne that is the bane of the soule; sinne is mortall, deadly, and damnable; Through sinne, both soule and body perish, it being not repented of; Seeing then we must labour to gaine our brother from perishing in [Page 450] his sinnes, euery sinne must bee reprooued. Obiect. But by reproouing of mens sins, and men for their sinnes, I shall get ill-will, much hatred, contempt, and so thrust my hand as it were into a Waspes neast, therefore I had better be silent, and let them alone. Answ. I answere with Salomon, Reprooue not a scorner, lest he hate thee; rebuke a wise man, and hee will loue thee, Prou. 9. 8.
Vse. 1 This condemneth deepely the common fault of these times, that men make their reproofes matters of reuenge; a fault both in publique Ministers, and priuate persons, many making the Pulpit a place of reuenge, rayling, hard censuring, being inuectiue against the parties, not against their sinnes; ayming chiefely at this, to set their brethren vpon [Page 451] the Stage, making them spectacles to the world, rather exclaiming of them, than speaking in loue to reclaime them; that I may say with Paul, They Preach Christ of enuy, Philip. 1. 15. And the same is common among the most of our people, who lie in waite for their brethren; who, many times see, and heare their neighbours to sinne, and that grieuously, both in publique and secret, yet neuer finde fault with them; but when the least occasion is offered of falling out, then they will rip vp all that they can, though it bee many yeares after, to their vtter ouerthrow, shame, and disgrace; yea, many times, in what them lieth, to the taking away of their neighbours life; and through this comes so many nicke-names, reproachfull tearmes and the [Page 452] like: This is, I say, the common course of reproouing; whereas Saint Paul would haue vs, to reprooue, rebuke, with all long-suffering. 2. Tim. 4. 2.
Vse. 2 This reprooueth all such, as cannot endure that their sinnes should bee reprooued; especially their great sinne, their master-sinne, their beloued sinne; a man may as well pull their heart out of their bosome, as that sinne out of their heart; yea, such is the peruerse nature of a number, that if they bee reprooued for their faults, are ready to offer violence to the party reproouing; like Saul with his speare, if you awake them, its at your perill; ready with Herod to behead Iohn Baptist, or with Achab to imprison the good Prophet Michaiah; yea, many there are, that doe wilfully [Page 453] absent themselues from the Word, because they cannot indure their sinnes should be reprooued; & if they thought the Minister would speake against such and such sinnes, they would neuer heare him, and therefore many times it is seene; that such an one, hauing a guilty conscience, though the Minister neuer meant him, will wilfully depart out of the Church, and beare a continuall hatred to that Minister, for speaking against pride, swearing, swaggering, drunkennesse, whoredome, vsury, and the like; Thus they that doe euill hate the light, neither will they come to the light, left their deedes should bee reprooued, Iohn 3. 20. But these are scorners, proud; [...]ir a scorner heareth not reproofe. Prou. 13. 1. A scorner loueth [...]ut one that reprooueth him; neither will hee goe vnto the wise. [Page 454] Prou. 15. 15. But let such know, whosoeuer they are, That God scorneth all such scorners. Prou. 3. 34.
Vse. 3 Let this mooue vs all, to yeeld our neckes to Christ his yoke, and our backes to this rod of Ecclesiasticall censure, as acknowledging it to bee a speciall meanes to saue a soule from perishing in sinne; and the rather, because it is God who reproueth by his Word, and so it is the Word that finds out our sinnes; and therefore whosoeuer hateth reproofe, despiseth the Word, Which who-so doth, shall bee destroyed; but hee that feareth the Commandement, shall be rewarded. Prou. 13. 13. Many cry out of the Minister for reprouing, when it is the Wor [...] of God. For the Word of Go [...] is quicke and powerfull, an [...] sharper then any two edge [Page 455] sword, pearcing euen to the diuiding a-sunder of soule and spirit, and of the ioynts and marow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. Hebr. 4. 12.
Vse. 4 This must teach vs, as to reprooue, so to bee reprooued for small sinnes, (though no sinne in it selfe bee small, but compartiuely) we haue motes to pull out as well as beames, lesser sinnes as well as greater, besides euery great sinne hath his beginning from some small sinne: Therefore, it is a great point of Christian wisedome, to nippe sinne in the head, while it is young, and not suffer it to grow to a strength, and so to habit, then to a custome, then to a necessity. The reason why such great and grieuous sinnes are committed in the land, is because sinne is not looked to [Page 456] while it is little, it is not preuented in the beginning, but suffered to take a head; there is no conscience made of small sinnes, they are no whit regarded, and therefore so seldome reprooued. Let vs obserue this in the example of Cain: The Lord reprooued him for his wrath, and sad countenance, (which were beginnings of further mischiefe) but hee not regarding the Lords reproofe for those smaller sinnes, grew to the height of that grieuous and crying sinne of murther; rising, vp against his innocent brother Abel, slew him. Gen. 4. 6, 8. whereas, if he had yeelded to Gods reproofe for his wrath, malice, and sad countenance, hee might haue preuented murther. Thus a number beeing reproued for their lusts, chambering, idlenesse, wantonnesse, lasciuiousnesse, and not regarding [Page 457] it, grow to whoredome: So when men are reprooued for haunting bad places, and keeping bad company, and not yeeld vnto it, come at length to that horrible sinne of drunkennesse, theft, and the like.
Ob. But if all sins are to be reprooued, and all sorts are to bee reprooued, why doth Salomon say, Rebuke not a scorner. Prou. 9. 8. and Paul, Rebuke not an Elder? 1. Tim. 5. 1. Answ. Salomon speakes of open and manifest scorners, and contemners of the Word; otherwise all, though neuer so notorious, are to be censured and reprooued; and so must that place of our Sauiour be vnderstood of open scorners and persecuters of the knowne truth; Giue not that which is holy vnto the dogs, neither cast yee your pearles before [Page 458] swine, lest they trample them vnder their feete, and turne againe, and rent you. Matth. 7. 6. Such holy admonitions, and Christian pearle of Christian reproofe, and brotherly correction, are not to bee cast before such dogs and swine as manifest contemners of religion, and open persecuters of the Word. Wheras Paul saith, Rebuke not an Elder, he doth not meane that it is altogether vnlawfull to reprooue an Elder, but to shew the manner of reproofe, and the right rule to bee obserued; as, it must bee done aduisedly, mildely, gently, by way of intreaty, and exhortation: A bare reproofe is not so fit as exhortation; Rebuke not an Elder, but intreate him as a father. Against as Elder receiue no accusation, but before two or three witnesses. Them that sinne, rebuke before [Page 459] all. 1. Timoth. 5. 19, 2. id est, those Elders beeing first priuately admonished, and accused before witnesses, rebuke before all; id est, the whole Church.
Hitherto of the Matter; Now of the Manner of reproofe: for it is not sufficient to reprooue, but to know how. The right Manner of reproofe is two-fold: Generall. Speciall. Generally; wee are to reprooue two wayes. First, by word. Secondly, by deed: as followeth.
1 First, by word; and this is to be done both in regard of sinnes, and of iniuries and wrongs. This is often enioyned both by God himselfe, our Sauiour Christ, Salomon, and Paul. Thou shalt plainely rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer sinne vpon him. Leuit 19. 17. If thy brother shall trespasse [Page 460] against thee, goe and tell him his fault betweene thee and him alone, if hee heare thee, thou hast gained thy brother. Matth. 18. 15. which Saint Luke explaineth; If thy brother trespasse against thee, rebuke him. Luke 17. 3. Them that sinne, rebuke before all. 1. Tim. 5. 20. that is, those Elders that haue been first priuately admonished, and after that before witnesses, if they be accused before two or three witnesses, then let the Pastours or Gouernours of the Church, reprooue those Elders before all men, that is, before the whole Church, and not before all men, in all places, in all assemblies where they offend, & where they become; for this were a disgracefull reproofe; tending rather to their hardening, than amendment. Wee must hold fast the faithfull Word, as we haue been [Page 461] taught, that wee may bee able by sound doctrine both to exhort, and to conuince the gain-sayers. Tit. 1. 9. Reprooue, rebuke, exhort, 2. Tim. 4. 2. All Scripture is giuen by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproofe, for correction, for instruction in righteousnesse. 2. Tim. 3. 16. Rebuke them sharpely, that they may be sound in the faith. Titus 1. 13. And Salomon often in the Prouerbs, and Ecclesiastes, speaketh of reproouing by word of mouth, and hearing, and hating reproofe, as I haue formerly shewen. But howsoeuer this bee a speciall dutie, and necessary, and the want of it to be bewailed, and though wee ought by all meanes so farre as our calling requires, to reprooue sinnes; yet the Apostle doth not in this place and Text speake properly of this kinde of reproofe [Page 462] by word, but of the other; by deede.
2 Secondly, Wee must reprooue sinnes by deede, that is, by the light of [...]n holy life, and good example; for many times when words faile, good examples au [...]ile; Precepta decent, Exempla trakunt: Precepts teach, Examples draw on others. That this kinde of reproofe is heere meant, appeareth by these reasons.
1 First, we must vse reproofe by word, towards a brother that trespasseth. If thy brother trespasse, rebuke him. Luke 17. 3. But heere the Apostle speakes of infidels who are darkenesse, and their workes, workes of darkenesse.
2 Secondly, The Apostle directs his speach to all Christians, who must reprooue: But it is not the part of euery one to reprooue other mens sinnes by words, but it is their [Page 463] dutie to doe it by contrarie manners, by an holy conuersation of life, and by declining from all communion with sinne, and sinners.
3 Thirdly, the Metaphor of light here confirmes this; Light discouers, and makes all things manifest, not by words, but by light, so children of light, by light of an holy example, must reprooue the workes of darkenesse.
4 Fourthly, the Apostle exhorteth here to reprooue, not men who are darkenesse, but their sinnes, the workes of darkenesse; Men that sinne may b [...]e rebuked by words, but their sinnes and workes of darkenesse by an holy life.
5 Fiftly, the Apostle layeth downe two great reasons in the 12. Verse, why we should rather reprooue sinnes, by light of holy life, than by [Page 464] words. 1. because they are done in secret; if they are done in secret, how can wee reprooue things vnknowne by words? 2. it is a shame to name them, and to speake of those things which are done of them in secret; how then can wee with honesty by words reprooue them? which words are spoken emphatically, for if it be a shame to speake of them, how much more shame to commit them?
Vse. 1 This being so, it must stirre vp euery one to study, and endeauour after piety and godlinesse, to leade an holy life in all godlinesse and honesty; To let our light of an holy example, so shine before others, that they may see our good workes, and glorifie our Father which is in heauen, Matth. 5. 16. Wee must haue our conuersation honest among the Gentiles, [Page 465] that whereas they speake against vs as euill doers, they may by our good workes, which they shall behold, glorifie God, 1 Pet. 2. 12. Thus by the light of piety, and good workes; by a holy conuersation of life, and good example, wicked men will be reprooued and conuinced in their consciences, that those things which they doe are not good; whereas by the word of mouth, yea, by the word of God, they will bee no whit mooued; according to the saying of Saint Paul; If all prophecie, and there come in one that is an vnbeleeuer, or one vnlearned, hee is conuinced of all, hee is iudged of all; And thus are the secrets of his heart made manifest, and so falling downe on his face, hee will worship God, and report that God is in you of a truth, 1 Cor. 14. 24. 25. Thus by this meanes sinners are not offended, but [Page 466] more profitably reprooued, & so are brought to a knowledge of themselues, and being brought to a knowledge of themselues and their sins, grow to a mislike of themselues, and of their sinnes and so are brought to repentance, and saluation; And for this purpose, that saying of Saint Peter is remarkeable, and regardable; yee Wiues be in subiection to your own Husbands, that of any obey not the word, they may without the word be wonne by the conuersation of the Wiues, while they behold your chast conuersation coupled with feare, 1 Pet. 3. 1. 2.
Vse. 2 This reprooueth, and seuerely condemneth all those that liue a wicked, lewde, prophane, and dissolute life, giuing all euill example; who are so farre from reproouing sinne, as they dishonour God, [Page 467] offend the weake, scandalize the Church, harden the wicked, and confirme them in their wickednesse, wound their owne, and their brothers conscience, causing others to fall and goe astray, and in what them lye, destroy their soules: Euill words corrupt good manners, 1 Cor. 15. much more euill workes. And thus much of the manner of reproofe in Generall.
Specially, the manner of reproouing of Sinne, consisteth in these particulars. It must be 1. orderly, 2. certainely, 3. plainely, 4. discreetly, 5. mildely, 6. seasonably, 7. louingly, 8. patiently, 9. considerately, 10. zealously, 11. profitably, 12. impartially.
.1 First, wee must reprooue, orderly. Wee must first begin with our selues, to reprooue sinne in our selues, our Children, [Page 468] Seruants, and kindred, then in strangers. This order to beginne with our selues, is very necessary; for it is a shame to reprooue that in others, with which wee are tainted our selues; wee are vnworthy reproouers, neither can wee in loue to them, or hatred to their sinne, or zeale to Gods glory, reprooue others for that which we hate to reforme in our selues; If we doe reprooue others, and be as deepe in fault our selues, it may well bee said vnto vs, Physitian, heale thy selfe, Luke 4. 23. For wherein thou iudgest another, thou condemnest thy selfe, for thou that iudgest doest the same things. And thinkest thou O man, that iudgest them which doe such things, and doest the same, that thou shalt escape the iudgement of God? Rom. 2. 1. 3. And why beholdest thou the moate that is in thy brothers [Page 469] eye, but considerest not the beame that is thine owne eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull the moate out of thine eye, and behold a beame is in thine owne eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beame out of thine own eye, and then shalt thou see clearely to cast out the moate out of thy brothers eye, Math. 7. 3. 4. 5. This is that holy order to bee obserued, besides the conuincing the offender in his conscience of his fault, before hee proceed to reprooue. It is the counsell of the Apostle, Let all things bee done decently, and in order, 1 Cor. 14. 40. if all things, then Reproofe.
Vse. This condemneth the common practise of the most, who are alwaies prying into the liues of others, obseruing them, so as to vpbraid them, and cast their faults in their [Page 470] teeth, and altogether neglect their owne faults, which are as great, or greater; These are a curious people to looke into other mens liues, but a sloathfull people to looke into their owne; They are quicke-sighted and Eagleeyed, in spying faults in others, but as blinde as Moules to see their owne; They can spie the least moate in their brothers eye, but cannot discerne the great beames in their owne. They are like vnto an eye, which seeth all things, but cannot see it selfe Thus, they straine at a Gnat, and swallow a Camell, Matth. 23. 24. But let vs marke what Dauid saith Let the righteous smite mee, it shall bee a kindenesse; and let him reprooue mee, it shall be an excellent oyle, which shall not breake my head, Psal. 141. 5. Loe, hee saith not here, let the prophane, [Page 471] Iewd, wicked liuer, who is tainted with the same or greater sinne reprooue mee, but let the righteous; signifying, that before wee correct and reprooue others, we must first redresse our owne saults, and become godly and righteous.
2 Secondly, wee must reprooue, certainely. I meane, wee must haue a certaine knowledge of the sinne, or fault committed, and bee throughly informed of the offence, either in our selues, or by credible information from others, who are knowne to bee honest men, against whom no iust exception can be taken. In this case we may reprooue peremptorily and directly, as Nathan did Dauid, Thou art the man, 2 Sam. 12 7. But if it be a doubtfull case, and the thing concerning our brothers fault vncertaine, our reprooie must [Page 472] be conditionall; Besides, we shall purchase to our selues much disgrace, the party reprooued will deny that hee knowes any such thing, so we shall be counted busie-bodies in other mens actions, spying out faults where is none, whereby our brother is much offended, and wee taken for false accusers, because we haue no ground or certaine proofe of the fault; It is the counsell of the Apostle, Let vs consider one another to prouoke vnto loue, and to good workes, Heb. 10. 24. not consider one another to vpbraid one another, but the better to discerne of the fault, and to know how to reprooue it. When Paul saw that they walked not vprightly according to the truth of the Gospell, he reprooued Peter before them all, Gal. 2. 14. Here was a certaine knowledge Paul reprooued the dissent [...] [Page 473] among the Corinthians; For it hath beene declared vnto mee of you, my brethren, by them which are of the house of Cloe, that there are contentions among you, &c. 1 Cor. 11. 12. Here was a credible information; which Paul belieued, and therefore reprooued them; I heare there are diuisions among you, (he heard it by report of the house of Cloe,) and I partly beleeue it, 1 Cor. 11. 18.
Vse. This reprooues all those that goe vpon false reports, flying-tales, priuate surmises, suspitions, presumptions, and euery rumour blazed abroad, being altogether ignorant of the offence; Thus wee haue a number of tale-bearers, and tatling Gossips, and carrytales, that goe pedling vp and downe, from house to house, back-biting, slandering, disgracing, and reproaching [Page 474] their neighbour, and these are beleeued, though neuer so false, and from the false report of such, men goe to reprooue the party so grossely and wrongfully abused; and when the partie so reprooued, being most innocent, shall demand who is the Authour of such reports, this is the villany of all, the reproouer will conceale the Author, and will by no meanes reueale him, either for feare of fauour, and so leaue a blot vpon the good name of the guiltlesse partie. Let all such know they haue no part in the Kingdome of heauen, Psal. 15. 3.
3 Thirdly, wee must reprooue, plainely. To reprooue plainely, is, 1. to lay open, discouer, and make manifest the fault to the face of the doer, and not to goe behinde the doore for the matter, as [Page 475] though we durst not be seene in it. For all things that are reprooued, are made manifest by the light, Ephes. 5. 13. Paul withstood Peter to his face, and reprooued him before them all; he went plainely to worke, being throughly informed of the offence, Galath. 2. 11. 14. Or, plainely; that is, in plaine tearmes; couching our reproofe in plaine words, to speake to the capacitie of the partie reprooued, and to the conuincing of him in his conscience of his fault, that it is not a fault in generall, but a fault in him; so much the word in the originall signifieth. Or, plainely; that is, to reprooue in good earnest, iudicially, without sleighting of it ouer houerly, and negligently, vsing no quirkes or quiddities, or equiuocation; Or, plainely; that is, to deale plainely, that is to say, simply, [Page 476] vprightly, innocently, truly, without deceit, guile, vaineglory, dissimulation, or flattery. Thou shalt plainely rebuke thy neighbour, and not suffer sinne vpon him. Lou 19. 17.
Vse. This condemnes three sorts of reproofes. First, All old, and perfunctory reproofes; Perfunctory, I call all such, as are lightly, slightly, or negligently passed ouer, dispatched onely for fashion sake, beeing a meanes to maintaine sinne, rather than to restraine sinne: Such was it of Eli to his sonnes. 1. Sam. 2. 23, 24. A second sort offend herein; who propound their reproofes by way of interrogation, demaunds, or questions; as, where were you such a time, how did you behaue your selfe, in what company were you, in what case were you? (meaning [Page 477] hee was drunke) the party replies, hee knowes not what he meanes; so he leaues a blot vpon his name, and durst not directly tell him it was so; this is not to reproue plainely. A third sort heere taxed, are such as will seeme to reprooue, but it shall be in a merriment, in a iesting vaine, in a sporting manner, yea, it shall be in such a manner, as he will abuse the Scriptures, and speake it by way of derision, and mocking of those that doe it in sinceritie; for he would not for a world his friend should take it in good earnest, lest, forsooth, hee should bee counted a Puritane or Precisian for his labour. Thus fooles make but a sport of sinne. Prou. 14. 9. This is not to reprooue plainely, and in earnest, and to make the reproofe enter into a man as it ought; as Salomon saith, [Page 476] [...] [Page 477] [...] [Page 478] A reproofe entreth more into a wise man, than a hundreth stripes into a foole. Pro. 17. 10.
4 Fourthly; Wee must reprooue Discreetly: We must be wise to discerne betweene party and party, betweene sinne and sinne; to obserue the quality of the one, and the nature of the other; for all parties are not to be reprooued a-like, nor all sinnes a-like: Some are equals, some inferiours, some superiours, some publique, some priuate, some bond, some free; so according to each condition must be our reproofe; some by admonition, some by Exhortation, as Elders, Ministers, and Magistrates. 1. Tim. 5. 1. Some with the rodde of sharpe reproofe, as such as are knowne to be notorious, and openly scandalous. T [...]. 1. 13. Some, not onely by [Page 479] word, but by due correction, as superiours towards those ouer whom they are placed, and whose charge is committed to them, as Parents, Masters must reprooue their children and seruants: Againe, some sinnes are of infirmitie, frailty, ignorance, weakenesse; these must bee reprooued gently, friendly, tenderly: Some are of malice, pride, wilfulnesse, presumption, contempt, and the like; these must bee reprooued sharpely, and with seueritie: To the former we must bee as Barnabas, the sonnes of consolation; To the latter, Boanerges, the sonnes of thunder, thundring out the iudgements of God against their sinnes.
Vse. This reprooueth the indiscretion, and want of spirituall wisedome in a number, who [Page 480] put no difference at all, either betweene the parties or their sinnes; and so either reproue not at all, or if they doe, they sing the song of iudgement in stead of mercy, or mercy in stead of iudgement, Law for Gospell, or Gospell for Law; or else altogether mercy, or altogether iudgement: This is a fault in many Ministers, who should bee wise and discreete to know the state of their flocke. Prou. 27. 23. and to know that their Congregation is a mixt company, some more tractable, some more refrectary, and so accordingly should by wholesome doctrine raise vp one by the Gospell, and beate downe the other by the Law, and not to preach altogether damnation alike to all: This is a fault also in inferiours, as in the Subiect towards the Magistrate, in the people to [Page 481] the Minister, who are ready vpon euery small occasion to reprooue their superiours, to censure them vpon euery report, whereas against an Elder wee must receiue no accusation vnder two or three witnesses. 1. Tim 5. 29 Let vs therefore take vp the counsell of Saint Iude: Of some haue compassion, making a difference, And others saue with feare, pulling them out of the fire. Iude vers. 22, 23.
5 Fifthly, We must reprooue Mildely; that is, with a meeke and quiet spirit, which is in the fight of God of great price. 1. Pet. 3. 4. we must in reproouing, bee free from all reuengefull affections, rigour, and extremitie; Wee must reprooue, rebuke, wxhort, with all long suffering. 2. Tim. 4. 2. The seruant of the Lord must bee gentle to all men; in meekenesse instructing [Page 482] those that oppose themselues. 2. Timoth. 2. 25, 26. We must deale in reproofe, as a Surgeon with a bone out of ioynt, or a sore wound, that is, tenderly, and gently, If a man bee ouertaken in a fault, yee which are spirituall, restore such a one in the spirit of meekenesse. Galat. 6. 1.
Vse. This seuerely reprooueth all such as vse bitter inuectiues, railing speeches, and extreame seuerity in reproouing others, whether Minister or others; whereby it comes to passe, that for the most part they fall out, miscalling one another, and falling to cursing and swearing, fighting, and quarrelling, doing more hurt than good: This againe condemnes the cruelty of many Parents, and Masters, in vsing too much seueritie, and extremitie in [Page 483] their corrections, as many poore children, seruants, and apprentises, both in City and Countrey, haue cause to complaine. But what saith Salomon, A righteous man is mercifull to his beast, (much more to his child, or seruant) but the tender mercies of the wicked are cruell, Pro. 12. 10. As appeares in such cruell hardhearted Parents; especially stepfathers and mothers, and such tyrant-like masters, who vse their children and seruants, more like dogs than Christians.
6 Sixthly, We must reproue, Seasonably. We must obserue a fit time and place, wherein to reprooue; for it is not fitting at all times, or in all places, or all companies; but the most fit time is to be chosen. There is a time for all things, (if for all things, then for reproofe) [Page 484] there is a time to euery purpose vnder heauen; a time to keepe silence, and a time to speake, Eccles. 3. 1, 7. The godly man bringeth foorth his fruit, tempore opportuno, in due season, Psal. 1. 3. A word fitly spoken, is like apples of gold in pictures of siluer, Pro. 25. 11. And a word spoken in season, how good is it? Pro. 15. 23. A foole vttereth all his mind, but a wise man keepeth it in till afterwards, Prouerbs 29. verse 11.
Thus when we see a man in the heate of his passion of anger, we must not take th [...] present time to reprooue it his heate, but stay till his heate be ouer; A brother offended, is harder to be wo [...] then a strong citie, Pro. 18. 19. When a man is drunke, it is no fit time to tell him of it in his drunken fit, but afterward, when he is come to [Page 485] himselfe. Abigail reprooued Nabal her husband, for his churlish answere to Dauids seruants, but she obserued the fittest time; For Nabal kept a feast of Sheepe-shearing, and his heart was merry, and he was very drunken; but she told him nothing till morning, more or lesse, till the morning light, when the wine was gone of his head, 1. Sam. 25. 36.
Vse. This reprooueth all such, as make no distinction of times, place, or persons, when, where, or before whom they reprooue their brethren: but traduce their brethren to others, & diuulge their faults in euery place, before all companies; yea, they will obserue their owne time, though most vnseasonably, when they may speake to their faces publikely, to their greatest disgrace; as Dauid saith, The [Page 486] wicked watcheth the righteous, and seeketh occasion to slay him, Psal 37. 32. This is against the rule of charity, which couereth a multitude of sinnes, 1. Pet 4.
7 Seuenthly, We must reprooue, Louingly; to make the partie see, that what we doe; we doe in loue to his person with hatred to his sinne, and all for his good; both regarding the reputation of his good name, which we ough [...] to tender as our owne; as also ayming at the eternal good of his soule. It is the counsel of the Apostle, Let all you things bee done with charitie 1. Cor. 16. 14. if all things, ther reproofe. It is the rule of Charity; Whatsoeuer ye woul [...] that men should doe to you, [...] so doe ye to them, for this is the Law and the Prophets, Matte. 7. 12. But as we would haue [Page 487] others rebuke vs in loue, so must wee our brethren; and because they are brethren whom we must reprooue, we must liue and loue as brethren; wee must imitate our Sauiour; saying, As many as I loue, I rebuke, and chasten, Reu. 3. 19. God correcteth euery sonne whom he loueth, as, Heb. 12. 6. Thus, it must appeare, that we doe it both in loue to his person, and in loue to God; that if we should be asked why we are so forward in reproouing? for the loue of God constraineth vs, 2 Cor. 5. 14.
Vse. This makes against those that are supercilious censurers of others vncondemned; reproouing rather of malice to his person, than of hatred to his sinne; hating his person, and louing his sinne; which is contrary to Gods [Page 488] owne commandement; Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thy heart, Thou shalt plainely rebuke thy neighbour, Leuit. 19. 17. He that is malicious and hatefull, is so farre from gaining his brother, as that Salomon tels vs, Hatred stirreth vp strife, Prou. 10. 12. Saint Paul saith, All things that are reprooued, are made manifest by the light; for whatsoeuer doth make manifest, is light, Ephes. 5. 13. But Saint Iohn tels vs againe, He that hateth his brother, is in darkenesse, euen till now; hee is in darkenesse, and walketh in darkenesse, and knoweth not whether he goeth, because that darknesse hath blinded his eyes, 1 Ioh. 2. 9. 11. Thus it is as impossible for him that is in darkenesse to reprooue his brother, as for darkenesse it selfe to discouer and make manifest things in secret; wee must in our reproofes, be so [Page 489] louingly affected, as we should ayme chiefly at the winning of soules; but, Saint Iohn telleth vs, that whosoeuer hateth his brother, is a murtherer, 1 Iohn 3. 15. This also makes against those, who in stead of loue, in seeking their brothers good, seeke occasion to vexe their brothers foule, by malitious, enuious, and cruell speeches, though he neuer deserued it, as Dauid saith, speaking cruelly, despightfully, and disdainfully against the rightcous, Psal. 31. They plot against the iust, and gnash vpon him with their teeth, 37. 12. or else, their reproofes are to reuenge themselues on their brethren, so taking Gods office out of his hand, who saith, Vengeance is mine, and I will repay, Rom. 12. 19.
8 Eightly, we must reprooue, Patiently. This may seeme to [Page 490] be the same, which I spake of before, viz. mildenesse, meekenesse, long-suffering; but it is not; for Saint Paul charging vs to reprooue with all long-suffering, doth in the former Chapter, distinguish long-suffering from patience, setting them downe as two seueralls; Thou hast fully knowne my long-suffering, charity, patience, 2 Tim. 3. 10. So againe, The seruant of the Lord must not striue, but bee gentle to all men, apt to teach; patient, in meekenesse instructing, &c. 2 Tim. 2. 24. 25. where wee see againe, patience, gentlenesse, meekenesse, are distinguished. This patience must appeare, not only in time of reproofe, which may be called forbearance, but also after reproofe, to waite patiently for amendment of the partie reprooued; All Scripture being profitable for reproofe, for correction, for [Page 491] instruction, 2 Tim. 3. 16. is called the word of patience, Reuel. 3. 10. because it teacheth patience; is the instrument of patience; cannot be maintained without patience; besides it is Gods word, who is the God of patience, Rom. 15. 5. and Christ calls it his patience, Reuel. 3. 10. which must teach vs to begge it at Gods hand, when wee are to reprooue our brethren. It is the saying of our Sauiour, The good ground, are they which in an honest and good heart, hauing heard the word, keepe it, and brings forth fruit with patience, Luke 8. 15. now one maine fruit is Christian reproofe. Therefore let vs follow Saint Pauls counsell, ioyning both together. Warne them that be vnruly, comfort the feeble-minded, support the weake, be patient toward all men, 1 Thes. 5. 14. if toward all, then especially in winning [Page 492] and gaining a brother by reproofe.
Vse. It must teach vs to take vp Saint Pauls counsell; Let your moderation, (as our common English translations hath it) Let your patient minde be known to all men, Philip. 4. 5. This moderation must not be only in the practise of publique Christian equitie, but also in priuate; euen in our thoughts, words, and affections; This also reprooues all those, that neuer reprooue others, but in the heate of their passions, when they are most impatient, most angry, most discontented, and most of all prouoked, or else out of a melancholy fit; then being furious and raging, they foame out their venome, and their owne shame, exceeding all mediocrity and moderation, and be come implacable, not [Page 493] to bee appeased; then they shoote foorth their arrowes, euen bitter words, and grieuous to be borne; Thes [...] an [...] such like cursed fruits come through ouer-much hastinesse and impatiency. Let vs therefore hearken to the praier and desire of Paul, That we may walke worthy of the Lord, vnto all pleasing, &c. strengthened with all might, according to his glorious power, vnto all patience and long-suffering, with ioyfulnesse, Colos. 1. 9. 10. 11.
9 Ninthly, wee must reproue, Considerately; that is, aduisedly, without rashnesse; wisely, warily, vpon serious deliberation; taking the fittest opportunity, to shew loue, and to keepe loue; Againe, wee must consider the partie reprooued, or our selues, who reprooue. 1. The partie reprooued; that he is a brother, [Page 494] professing the same religion, and of the same Church, to whom we owe a speciall dutie of loue; or, consider whether he be a scorner, an open contemner of the word, one that mockes thee for thy labour; such an one reprooue not; for, howsoeuer Salomon saith, To them that rebuke the wicked, shall be delight, and a good blessing shall come vpon them, Prou. 24. 25. yet he forbiddeth to reprooue an open scorner. Reprooue not a scorner; He that reprooueth a scorner, getteth to himselfe shame; and hee that rebuketh a wicked man, (meaning such an one as is peruerse in his waies, obstinately wicked, hating to be reformed) getteth himselfe a blot, Prou. 9. 7. 8. Secondly, wee must consider our selues; either that we haue beene as bad as other in time past, offending in the same kinde, or [Page 495] as great or greater. Remember that ye were in times past, thus and thus; at large, Ephes. 2. 11. 12. or, consider our selues as we are now; viz. weake, fraile, subiect to fall euery houre; or consider, that wee may hereafter fall into the same sinnes, or greater; for wee are subiect to the same temptations as other men are. Therefore though we thinke we stand, we must take heed lest we fall, 1 Cor. 10. 12. It is a note of an hypocrite, not to consider himselfe; Why beholdest thou the moate that is in thy brothers eye, and considerest not the beame that is in thine owne eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast the beame out of thine owne eye, Math, 7. 3. 4. 5. It is a property of the wicked; They consider not that they themselues doe euill, Eccles. 5. 1. Therefore as Paul saith, when thou reproouest another, consider thy selfe, lest thou also bee tempted, Gal. 6. 1.
Vse. This condemnes that preposterous course of a number, who rashly, vnaduisedly, hand-ouer head, in a garish humour, reprooue others; rather exasperating them, and prouoking them to wrath, than to reclaime them from sinne; this kinde of reproofe sauors of spleene, not loue; Hee that sets a bone out of ioynt, how wary, how carefull is he? he aduiseth himselfe well, before hee will meddle with it, and not goe rashly to worke, as not careing what become of it; much more care ought we to haue of restoring a member of the Church, being as it were disioynted, and fallen in any offence. Secondly, this reprooues those that deferre their reproofes, whereas they must not be delaied; but we are to make vse of the present time, when it is [Page 497] most conuenient; for though I doe not meane, as I haue shewne, that a man should reprooue a drunkard in his drunkennesse, (which may be called the present time) yet out of that we must reprooue him betimes, the sooner, the better; Sinne breakes a bone in the new man; Reproofe sets it againe, but the sooner a bone broken is set, the sooner it's cured, and with lesse paine; so the sooner one is reprooued, he is more easily recouered. Lastly, it reprooues those that neuer consider themselues nor others, especially themselues, which if they did, it would beate downe the pride, presumption, ambition, vaine-glory, indiscretion, rashnesse, ouer-much boldnesse, which a number vse in reproouing others, insulting ouer their brethren, as though they themselues were [Page 498] free from all reproofe.
10 Tenthly, Wee must reprooue Zealously. As we must reproue in the spirit of meeknesse, so with Christian Zeale; Zeale to Gods glory, seeking and longing after the good of our brethren, and not to endure the least sinne to goe vnreprooued: Thus when wee see Gods glory to bee hazzarded, and the saluation of our brethren like to bee hindred, wee must for a time lay aside meeknesse, and bee inflamed with Zeale; that wee may say with Dauid, The zeale of thine house hath euen consumed vs. Psalm. 69. 9. Wee are redeemed to bee a peculiar people, zealous of good workes. Titus. 2. 14. This zeale is the feruency of the spirit, arising partly of loue, partly of anger: Of loue; causing vs eagerly, and earnestly to maintaine Gods worship both in our [Page 499] selues, and others: Of anger; moouing vs to griefe and anger, when wee see God dishonoured; It is of that nature that it cannot beare with them which are euill; which was the commendation of the Church of Ephesus. Reuel. 2. 2. And Saint Paul saith, It is a good thing, to bee zealously affected alwayes in a good thing. Galat. 4. 18.
Vse. 1 First, This reprooues all those, who are too remisse in this dutie; either not reproouing at all; or if they doe, it is coldly, sparingly, negligently; or else being neither hot nor cold, but lukewarme: Innumerable are the sinnes committed daily, but where is the man that zealously reprooues it? the party offending seldome or neuer heares of it: But cursed be hee that doth Gods worke negligently. [Page 500] Ier. 48. 10. True zeale will haue his vent. Iob 32. 18, 19. Secondly, This condemnes the preposterous zeale in a number, which is a bad zeale, proceeding neither from faith, repentance, nor knowledge; as the zeale of Iehu, 2. King. 10. 16. to 29. 31. so a number are so precise, as a man must doe nothing, not so much as laugh, but they are ready to finde fault, they know not for what, euen condemning them to the pit of hell, for trifles.
I might instance in many particulars, wherein these curious, rash, bold-hardy fooles, shew their preposterous zeale; a man must feed their humour, and doe nothing but as they do, and be of the same hew as they are of, say as they say, & doe as they doe, or else we are worse then naught, according to their censure; but [Page 501] they being so absurd and ridiculous, I forbeare, yea, I am ashamed almost to name them; This onely I say to all such; They straine at a gnat, and swallow a camwell, Matth. 23. 24. They turne aside to vaine iangling, for want of true loue, a pure heart, a good conscience, and faith vnfained; desiring to be teachers, but vnderstanding neither what they say, nor whereof they affirme, 1. Tim. 1. 5, 6, 7. They zealously affect you, but not well, &c. Gal. 4. 17. And I will beare them record, they haue a zeale, but not according to knowledge, Rom. 10. verse 2.
11 Eleuenthly, We must reprooue, Profitably; that is, so as it may be best for Gods glory, and the good of our brethren; it must be for to winne and gaine them, Matth. 18. It must be to bring them to [Page 502] repentance, and to winne them to the faith; wee must alwayes propound this end in our reproofes; for the end of reproofe is to bring men to repentance, and then reproofe ceaseth. We must not seeke our owne profit, but the profit of many, that they may bee saued, 1. Cor. 10. 33. Rebuke them sharpely, that they may be sound in the faith, Tit. 1. 13. We must reprooue with doctrine, 2. Tim. 4. 2. Now, all Scripture is giuen by inspiration from God, and is profitable for reproofe, correction, &c. 2. Tim. 3. 16. And forasmuch as we are zealous of spirituall gifts (of which I spake before) we must seeke, that we may excell, to the edifying of the Church, 1. Cor. 14. 12. We must speake with vnderstanding, that we may teach others, Vers. 19. Let all things be done to edifying, Vers. 26. if all things, then reproofe.
Vse. This reprooues diuers sorts of people, which I will onely name; 1. Those that reprooue others in that nature, as they bring them to desperation. 2. Parents and Masters, who prouoke vnto wrath, and so to discouragement; as Saul to Ionathan, 1. Sam. 33. 34. Againe, this condemnes all such as are in place of Magistracie, (I say not all) but those that abuse this censure Ecclesiasticall, for their owne gaine, excommunicating for euery trifle; whereas this beeing a maine part of spirituall Iurisdiction, ought to bee vsed with great conscience, reuerence, care and consideration.
12 Lastly; we must reprooue, Impartially; that is, without partiallity, or respect of persons, either for feare, fauour, [Page 504] affection, or any other sinister respect: This partality is a great hinderance to effectuall reproofe, and respecting of persons either makes vs altogether neglect it, or to doe it by halfes; whereas wee must doe it faithfully, in the feare of God, and with a perfect heart. 2. Chron. [...]9. 9. which place ought to bee obserued of Magistrates in place of authority, especially when they sit in the seate of iustice. Wee may bee said to bee partiall, either in regard of our selues, or others: In regard of our selues; when wee can be content to reprooue some sinnes in our selues, but not other, the smaller, but not the greater; and herein many are iniqui Iudices, partiall Iudges, who will not lay the greater matters to their charge, lest they should cōdemne themselues; but wee must know [Page 505] for a truth, that God will admit no dispensation for any one sinne, bee it great or small. In regard of others; when wee so regard mens persons, as we will reprooue some, but dare not others, some sinnes in them and not others; which proceedes many times from this, that wee are guilty of the same sinnes our selues: But Saint Iames saith, Haue not the faith of our Lord Iesus Christ with respect of persons; which if yee doe, are ye not partiall? Iam. 2. 1, 2, 3, 4. I confesse there must bee a due respect had vnto men, according to their place and calling; as our equals must be reprooued by friendly admonition; Superiours, as Magistrates and Ministers, with submisse exhortation; Those that offend of infirmity, with gentle and affectionate perswasions; not alwayes to [Page 506] vse cutting, and searing, but mollifying ointments, and mundifying waters; Those that are more refractary, to do with sharpe reprehension; and Inferiours, as occasion shall serue, to vse due correction; But so to regard any mans person, as either not to reprooue at all, or to doe it partially, is flat against the word; This ought Ministers especially to looke into. Cry aloud and spare not. Esa. 58. 1. we must not feare the faces of any, nor winke at sinne in any: This partiall reproofe was in Eli to his sonnes, honouring his sonnes more than God. And thus much for the Manner of reproofe.
Quest. But it may bee asked, Is this kind of reproofe alwaies necessary?
Answ. Except in these cases: First, if wee are ignorant of the [Page 507] fault, either hauing no certaine knowledge, or at least a credible information. Secondly, if wee see our reproofe will doe hurt, or no good. Thirdly, if the party to bee reprooued repents. Fourthly, if he doth promise speedily to amend. Fiftly, if it may better by others be done. Sixtly, if another time will serue better, it may be omitted for the present. Now if any think themselues too good or too great to be reproued; and so will not yeeld their neckes to this yoke, let them remember Gods iudgement vpon King Vzziah, who resisting Gods ordinance in the ministery of the Prophet reproouing him, was striken with a leprosie to his death. 2. Chron. 26.
AN ADDITION of certaine places of holy Scripture, setting forth the true Manner of this Christian Walke, both Exhorting, and Dehorting.
Exhortations.
THis Manner, I finde in holy Scripture propounded to vs by the Apostles, two wayes: Generally. Specially.
Generally, It must bee according to the tenour of Gods Word; First, such as the Word teacheth. Secondly, such as beseemeth, graceth, and adorneth the Word. Thirdly, onely such, as being the onely life. Onely let your conuersation bee as becommeth the Gospoll of Christ. Philip. 1. 27. What it teacheth the Apostle sheweth; For the grace of God, meaning, the doctrine of the Gospell, teacheth vs to denie vngodlinesse, and worldly lusts, and to liue godly, righteously, and soberly in this present world, Tit. 2. 11, 12. Godly; in regard of God: Righteously; in regard of others: Soberly; in regard of our selues.
Specially; This manner is propounded diuersly: First; We must walke Circumspectly; that is, warily, exactly, strictly, with great carefulnes, [Page 510] and watchfulnesse, taking great heed to our wayes, and looking narrowly to our cariage; See that ye walke circumspectly, not as fooles, but as wise, (that is, not in ignorance, but indued with sauing knowledge) redeeming the time (that is, vsing a double and treble diligence for time to come, for that we haue spent formerly so idlely and vainely) because the dayes are euill, that is, full of euill men, Ephes. 5. 15, 16. And the more euill the times are, the more circumspect must we be.
2 Secondly; We must walke, Ʋprightly; that is, voyd of all hypocrisie before God, and guile and dissimulation among men; simply, sincerely, in singlenesse of heart, fearing God. Walke before mee, saith God to Abraham, and be vpright, Gen. 17. Who shall goe [Page 511] to heauen? He that walketh vprightly, Psal. 15. 2. Qui vadit planè, vadit sanè. Hee that walketh vprightly, walketh surely, Pro. 10. 9. He that walketh vprightly, shall be saued, Pro. 28. 18. Better is the poore that walketh in his vprightnesse then he that is peruerse in his wayes, though he be rich, Pro. 28. 6. The iust man walketh in his integrity; his children are blessed after him, Pro. 20. 7.
3 Thirdly; We must walke, Innocently; that is, without offence; not that we can so liue, as neuer sinne, or neuer offend, for that is impossible; for there is no righteous man, that doth good, and sinneth not, Eccles. 7. 20. But we must so walke, as that we giue no iust occasion of offence or scandall vnto any, whereby they may iustly blame vs; this is to walke inoffensiuely: Thus [Page 512] Zacharias and Elizabeth walked in all the commandements and ordinances of the Lord, blamelesse, Luke 1. 6. God hath chosen vs before the foundation of the world, that we should bee holy and blamelesse before him, Ephes. 1. 4.
4 Fourthly, We must walke. Honestly; There is a twofold honesty; Ciuill; Religious. Ciuill honesty is necessary, but will not serue the turne to bring vs to saluation; as many will pleade, I liue in an honest calling, taking paines in that calling, I giue euery man his due, I doe no man harme, I wrong no man, I defraud no man, I keepe the Church, &c. All this is commendable, but thus Caine might haue pleaded, and many a wicked man. Religious honesty, is that which is ioyned with godlinesse; when a [Page 513] man hath a good and honest heart, hauing care to keepe faith and a good conscience, purposing and resoluing to liue in no one sinne whatsoeuer, but to please God in all his commandements continually; as on the contrary, that is a dishonest and wicked heart, which resolueth to cherish any one sinne whatsoeuer. Let vs therefore walke honestly, as in the day; not in rioting and drunkennesse, not in chambring and wantonnesse, not in strife and enuying, Rom. 13. 13. Hauing our conuersation honest among the Gentiles, &c. 1. Pet. 2. 12. For the time past of our life may suffice vs to haue wrought the will of the Gentiles, when wee walked in lasciuiousnesse, lusts, excesse of wine, &c. 1. Pet. 4. 3. Wee must pray for Kings, and all in authority, that we may leade a quiet and peaceable life, in all godlinesse and [Page 514] honestly, 1 Tim. 2. 2. where we see, godlinesse and honesty ioyned together as inseparable.
5 Fifthly, wee must walke chastly; abstaining from fleshly lusts, auoiding vncleanenesse, abstaining from fornication, and knowing how to possesse our bodies in sanctification and honour, not in the lusts of concupiscence, as the Gentiles which know not God, 1 Thessalonians 4. 3. 4. 5. and that wee may keepe our selues chaste, wee must alwaies haue the feare of God before our eyes, as Ioseph did, Gen. 39. for by the feare of God, men depart from euill, Prou. 16. 6. Wiues must haue chast conuersations, coupled with feare, &c. 1 Pet. 3. 1. 2.
6 Sixthly, wee must walke wisely; not in the wisedome of the world, which is enmity [Page 515] against God; There is a wisedome which is earthly, sensuall, diuellish; But the wisedome that is from aboue, is first, pure, then peaceable, gentle, easie to be intreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisie, Iam. 3. 15. 16. Who is a wise man among you, and endued with knowledge? let him shew out of a good conuersation, his workes with meekenesse of wisedome, Iam. 3. 13. walke wisely towards those which are without, (that is, not onely towards beleeuers, but towards such as are not yet come to the faith, and the true knowledge of Christ.) Colos. 4. 5. and for an helpe hereunto, let vs walke with the best, who are the godly wise; For he that walketh with the wise, shall be wise, Prou. 13. 20.
7 Seauenthly, we must walke [Page 516] louingly; in loue to God, and man; our whole conuersation must be in loue; Walke in loue, as Christ hath loued vs; in conformity, not equality, Ephes. 5. 2. I beseech thee Lady, not as though I wrote a new commandement vnto thee, but that which we had from the beginning, that we should loue one another; And this is loue, that wee walke after Gods commandements. This is the commandement, that as yee haue heard, from the beginning, yee should walke in it, 2 Epist. Iohn 5. 6.
8 Eightly, wee must walke fruitfully; Our life must bee full of good workes, of piety, mercy, and charity; Wee must therefore learne to maintaine good workes, that wee be not vnfruitfull, Tit. 3. 14. Paul prayeth for the Colossians, that they might walke worthy of the Lord, vnto all pleasing, being fruitfull [Page 517] in euery good worke, and increasing in the knowledge of God, Colos, 1. 9. 10. For we are Gods workeman-ship, created in Christ Iesus vnto good workes, which God hath ordained that wee should walke in them, Ephes. 2. 10. where wee see good workes, are the Causey-way, not the cause why, wee goe to heauen.
9 Ninthly, wee must walke, humbly; This humility must be both outward, and inward; outward in gesture, speech, countenance, behauiour, in word, in deed; in ward in the heart and minde; The outward may bee in wicked men and hypocrites, as in Ahab; but the inward onely in the godly; Againe, this humilitie must bee both in regard of God, and of men; In regard of God; as humiliation for sinne, whereby we denying [Page 518] our selues, and stripping our selues of all conceit of our owne worthinesse, and of Gods vndeserued goodnesse, doe ascribe all to God, to whom it belongs, Psal. 115. 1. In regard of men; when wee preferre our brethren before our selues, submitting our selues vnto them, and esteeming our selues worse than others; I therefore the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you, that ye walke worthy of the vocation, wherewith yee are called, with all lowlinesse and meekenesse, with long suffering, forbearing one another in loue, Ephes. 4. 1. 2. He hath shewed thee O man what is good; and what doth the Lord require of thee, but to doe iustly, and to loue mercy, and to walke humbly with thy God? Micah 6. 8.
10 Tenthly, wee must walke, reformedly; Our life must bee [Page 519] a space of repentance, Reuel. 2. 21. Wee must be renewed daily, and become new creatures, dying vnto sinne, and liuing vnto righteousnesse; and being dead vnto sinne, not to liue any longer therein; Therefore we are buried with Christ by Baptisme into his death, that like as Christ was raised vp from the dead, by the glory of the Father, euen so wee also should walke in newnesse of life, Rom. 6. 2. 4. If any man be in Christ, he is a new Creature, 2 Cor. 5. 17. For in Christ Iesus, neither circumcision auaileth any thing, nor vncircumcision, but a new creature; And as many as walke according to this rule, peace be on them, and mercy, and vpon the Israell of God, Gal. 6. 15. 16.
11 Lastly, wee must walke, conformably; conforming our selues, and framing our liues [Page 520] according to the example of Christ, and of the godly; who haue left vs an example that wee should follow their steps, 1. Pet. 2. 21. Bee followers of mee, and walke so, as yee haue vs for an example, Philip. 3. 17. an example in holy vertues, not else. Wee must imitate Christ, not as God, in his miracles, as walking vpon the waters, and the like; nor as mediatour of God and man, as in the worke of redemption, &c. but as man, in his morals; in obedience, humilitie, loue, patience, meekenesse, contempt of the world, and the like. As ye haue receiued the Lord Iesus, so walke in him, rooted and built vp in him, &c. Colos. 2. 6. 7. Hee that saith, he abideth in him, ought so to walke, as hee hath walked, 1 Iohn 2. 6. Thus for Exhortation.
Dehortations.
THere are but two waies to walke in; the narrow way, and the broad way; the one leading to life and happinesse, and few there bee that finde it; the other leading to destruction, and vtter darkenesse, and many there be that goe in thereat; wee mnst striue to enter in at the straight gate; (that is, our principall care aboue all things, must be to come into the way of life euerlasting, and all worldly care, must come vnder this,) so much the word Striue imports, Luke 13. 24. compared with Matth. 7. 13. for the Kingdome of heauen suffereth violence, and the violent take it by force, Math. 11. [Page 522] 12. that is, there is such a forwardnesse, eagernesse, and zeale in Gods children, that they striue most earnestly to get heauen, striuing who shall be most forward, endeauouring earnestly in the vse of all good meanes, which may bring them thither. Dauid professeth, his heart brake in sunder for the longing desire that it had alwaies to Gods iudgements, Psal. 119. 20. His practise must be our patterne, for our principall care must be to attaine eternall life. And for this cause as carefull must we be to shunne and auoid the broad way, wherein wee run headlong to our owne destruction; Wee cannot walke in both; Wee cannot serue God and Mammon; Let me therefore dehort all from following the multitude, for the most goe to hell; For as Paul saith, many walke of whom [Page 523] haue told you often, and now tell you euen weeping, that they are enemies of the crosse of Christ; whose end is destruction, whose God is their belly, whose glory is in their shame, who minde earthly things, Philippians 3. 18. 19. yea, a man may be deceiued in his owne conceit; For, the way of a foole is right in his owne eyes, Prou. 12. 15. There is away that seemeth right vnto a man, but the end thereof are the waies of death, Prou. 14. 12.
Ephes. 4. 17. 18. 19.
This I say therefore, and testifie in the Lord, that ye henceforth walke not as other Gentiles walke, in the vanity of their minde, hauing their vnderstanding darkened, being ahenated from the life of God, through the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindenesse of their heart; who being past feeling, [Page 524] haue giuen themselues ouer vnto lasciuiousnesse, to worke all vncleannesse with greedinesse. But ye haue not so learned Christ.
Prouerb. 1. 10. to 16.
My Sonne, if sinners entise thee, consent thou not; If they say, Come with vs, let vs lay waite for bloud, let vs lurke priuily for the innocent without cause, Let vs swallow them vp aliue, as the graue, &c. Wee shall finde all precious substance, we shall fill our houses with spoile; Cast in thy Lot among vs, let vs haue all one purse; My Sonne walke not thou in the way with them; refraine thy foote from their path; for their feete runne to euill, &c.
Prou. 4. 14. 15. 19. 27.
Enter not into the path of the wicked, and goe not in the way of euill men; Auoid it, passe not by it, turne from it, and passe [Page 525] away. For they sleepe not, except they haue done mischiefe, and their sleepe is taken away vnlesse they cause some to fall; The way of the wicked is as darknesse, they know not at what they stumble; Remooue thy foote from euill.
Prou. 15. 9. Psal. 1. 1. 6.
Blessed is the man that walketh not in the counsell of the vngodly, nor standeth in the way of sinners, nor sitteth in the seate of the scornefull: For the way of the vngodly shall perish; The way of the wicked is abhomination to the Lord.
2 Thes. 3. 6. Psal. 36. 4.
Now wee command you brethren, in the name of our Lord Iesus Christ, that yee withdraw your selues from euery brother that walketh diserderly; [...] [Page 526] that is, without order, against the lawes of God & men, idlely, dishonestly, dissolutely, loosely, not labouring in their calling, but giuen to sloath & other vices; with such haue no familiaritie. They set themselues in no good way.
Iob 21. 14. Psal. 68. 21.
The wicked say vnto God, Depart from vs, wee desire not the knowledge of thy waies. But God shall wound the head of these his enemies, and the hairy scalpe of such an one as goeth on still in his wiickednesse.
Iude 11. Psal. 119. 21. Heb. 3. 10
Woe vnto them, for they haue gone in the way of Cain, that is, in hypocrisie, hatred, murther, lying, despaire, carnall securitie, prophannesse, Gen. 4. And cursed are the proud, and such as erre from Gods commandements; [Page 527] The wicked doe alway erre in their hearts, for they haue not knowne Gods wayes.
Ephes. 5. 5, 6, 7.
This yee know, that no whoremonger, nor vncleane person, nor couetous man, which is an idolater, hath any inheritance in the kingdome of Christ and of God. Let no man deceiue you with vaine words: for because of these things commeth the wrath of God vpon the children of disobedience. Bee not yee therefore partakers with them.
2. Cor. 6. 14, 15, 16, 17.
Bee not vnequally yoked with vnbeleeuers; for what fellowship hath righteousnesse with vnrighteousnes? and what communion hath light with darknesse? And what concord hath Christ with Belial, or what part hath hee [Page 528] that beleeueth with an infidell, &c. Wherefore come out from among them and bee yee separate, and touch no vncleane thing, and I will receiue you.
Esay. 52. 11. Reu. 18. 4.
Depart yee, depart yee, goe yee out from thence, touch no vncleane thing, goe yee out of the middest of her; Come out of her my people, that yee bee not partakers of her sinnes, and that yee receiue not of her plagues.
Deut. 29. 19, 20, 21, &c.
If the wicked hearing the words of this curse, shall blesse himselfe in his heart, saying, I shall haue peace, though I walke in the imagination of my heart, to adde drunkennesse to thirst, The Lord will not spare him, but the anger of the Lord, and his iealousie shall smoake against that [Page 529] man, and all the curses that are written in this booke, shall lie vpon him, and the Lord shall blot out his name from vnder heauen; And the Lord shall separate him vnto euill, out of all the tribes of Israel, according to all the curses of the couenant, which are written in this booke of the Law, &c. And when posterity shall aske, wherefore hath the Lord done this? what meaneth the heate of this great anger? Then men shall say, Because they forsooke the Lord, &c.
Leuit. 26. 21, to 40.
And if yee walke contrary vnto mee, saith God, and will not hearken vnto me, I will bring seuen times more plagues vpon you according to your sinnes, &c. And if yet yee will not bee reformed by these things, but will walke contrary vnto me, then will [Page 530] I also walke contrary vnto you, and will punish you yet seuen times for your sinnes, &c. And if yee will not for all this hearken vnto mee, but walke contrary vnto mee, then will I walke contrary to you also in fury; and I, euen I will chastice you seuen times for your sinnes, &c. at large. Here is a treble, and a terrible commination and threatning, worthy all obseruation; which must mooue vs all, with all care and conscience, to take vp the counsell of our blessed Sauiour, Ioh. 5. 14. Sinne no more, left a worse thing come vpon thee. But if yee will not doe so, as God will haue you, behold you sinne against the Lord; and bee sure your sinne will finde you out. Numb. 32. 23.
Eccles. 11. 9.
But if all that hath beene [Page 531] said, will not yet serue turne, then I say with Salomon, speaking by way of derision. Reioyce O yong man in thy youth, and let thy heart cheare thee in the daies of thy youth, and walke in the waies of thine heart, and in the sight of thine eyes; but know thou, that for all these things, God will bring thee into iudgement.
Thus haue I briefly onely named these Exhortations and Dehortations; In most of which, especially the Exhortations, I might, and would willingly haue enlarged my selfe, had not Salomon admonished me, that too much studie is a wearinesse of the flesh, Eccles. 12. 12. or rather God had seene good in the penning hereof, to haue added vnto my health.
And now brethren, I commend [Page 532] you to God, and to the Word of his grace, which is able to build you further, and to giue you an inheritance among all them, which are sanctified. Acts 20. 32.
Now vnto him that is able to keepe you from falling, and to present you faultlesse before the presence of his glory, with exceeding ioy; To the onely wise God our Sauiour, bee glory, and maiestie, dominion, and power, now, and euer. Amen.